M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries Plot No. Z/25-28, Dahej...

Post-Monsoon, 2016

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries

Plot No. Z/25-28, Dahej SEZ, Vill: Dahej,

Tehsil: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch

Gujarat

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

PROPOSED EXPANSION (PRODUCT CHANGE) TO MANUFACTURE

ACETIC ANHYDRIDE AT DAHEJ SEZ

NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.

403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring

Road, Surat – 395002 (Guj.)

Prepared By:

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK

ASSESSMENT REPORT

CLIENT

PROJECT TITLE

PROJECT NO.

:

:

:

M/s. GUJARAT DYESTUFF INDUSTRIES

PLOT NO. Z/25-28, DAHEJ SEZ, VILL: DAHEJ,

TEHSIL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH (GUJ.)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

PROPOSED EXPANSION (PRODUCT CHANGE) TO MANUFACTURE

ACETIC ANHYDRIDE AT DAHEJ SEZ

537000





Road, Surat - 395002

Prepared By:











Prepared By:

I- 1

INDEX

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 JUSTIFICATION & BACKGROUND 1-1

1.1.1 PROMOTERS& THEIR BACKGROUND 1-2

1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 1-2

1.2 PROJECT SETTING 1-11

1.2.1 KEY INFRASTRUCTURAL FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 1-12

1.3 PURPOSE OF EIA 1-15

1.4 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 1-15

1.5 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA 1-15

1.5.1 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 1-15

1.5.2 IDENTIFICATION OF POLLUTION SOURCE 1-17

1.5.3 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1-17

1.5.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT 1-17

1.5.5 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 1-17

1.6 STRUCTURE OF REPORT 1-19

2 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND 2-1

2.1.1 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PLANTS ALONG WITH DETAILS ON BEST

AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGIES (BAT), PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY AND

REASONS FOR SELECTING THE SAME

2-1

2.1.2 DETAILS ON END USE OF EACH PRODUCT 2-1

2.2 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES 2-2 to 2-4

2.3 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION, STORAGE AND HANDLING 2-4

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 2-5

2.4.1 LAND 2-5

2.4.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES 2-5

2.4.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER 2-5

2.4.3.1 TREATMENT PROCESS 2-7 to 2-10

2.4.4 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2-11

2.4.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2-12

2.4.6 HAZARDOUS AND SOILD WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM 2-12

2.5 DETAILS OF UTILITIES 2-13

2.6 ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT & FUEL REEQUIREMENT 2-13

3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA 3-1

3.1.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS 3-2

3.1.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) 3-3

3.1.3 RAINFALL 3-4

3.1.4 WIND SPEED 3-5

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3-9

3.2.1 DESIGN OF NETWORK FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

LOCATIONS

3-9

I- 2

3.2.2 METHODOLOGY FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 3-10

3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3-16

3.3.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 3-16

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3-21

3.4.1 RECONNAISSANCE 3-21

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING 3-21

3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 3-26

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR SOIL MONITORING 3-26

3.5.2 SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS 3-29

3.6 GEOLOGICAL DATA 3-31

3.6.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION 3-31

3.6.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER

DIFFERENT FORMATIONS

3-31

3.6.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP 3-31

3.7 LAND USE PATTERN 3-33

3.7.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION 3-33

3.8 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 3-38

3.8.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY 3-39

3.8.2 FOREST 3-39

3.8.3 FLORA 3-40

3.8.4 FAUNA 3-43

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3-44

3.9.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN 3-44

3.9.2 VEGETATION COVER AND FOREST BOUNDARIES 3-51

3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-54

3.9.4 AMENITIES 3-54

3.9.5 GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY 3-58

3.9.6 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-62

3.9.7 DIGITAL TERRAIN MODEL 3-63

4 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 4-1

4.2 EVALUATION AND PREDICTION OF IMPACTS 4-8

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 4-8

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4-8

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4-17

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS 4-17

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 4-17

4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS 4-18

4.2.7 HOUSING 4-18

4.2.8 ECOLOGY 4-18

4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION 4-22

4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4-23

5 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 5-1

5.1.1 LABORATORY FACILITIES 5-3

5.1.2 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS 5-3

I- 3

6 CHAPTER 6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT & DMP)

6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 6-1

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION 6-1

6.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY 6-1

6.1.3 METHODOLOGY 6-2

6.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 6-4

6.1.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 6-13

6.1.6 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 6-35

6.1.7 OTHER RISK REDUCTION OPPORTUNITIES 6-38

6.1.8 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALARP 6-38

6.1.9 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 6-39

6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 6-40

6.3 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM 6-50

6.4 ACTION ON SITE 6-54

6.5 OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 6-65

6.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 6-69

6.7 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS 6-77

6.8 HAZOP STUDY 6-79

7 CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 BACKGROUND 7-1

7.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 7-1

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 7-2

7.3.1 ENVIRONMENT POLICY 7-4

7.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY 7-6

7.3.3 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY 7-6

7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 7-8

7.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 7-8

7.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 7-11

7.4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 7-13

7.4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 7-17

7.4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 7-20

7.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 7-22

7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 7-25

7.7 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY 7-31

7.8 NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION 7-32

7.9 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER 7-33

7.10 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES 7-34

7.11 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

7-35

7.12 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTS 7-36

7.13 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT 7-37

8 CHAPTER 8: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

8.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 8-2

8.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 8-3

8.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 8-5

8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 8-8

8.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 8-9

I- 4

8.6 PROJECT BENEFITS 8-9

8.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 8-10

8.8 CONCLUSION 8-11

9 CHAPTER 9: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

I- 5

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 BREAK UP OF PROJECT COST 1-3

1.2 LAND BREAKUP 1-8

1.3 LIST OF PRODUCTS ALONGWITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY 1-10

1.4 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT

SITE

1-12

2.1 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 2-4

2.2 WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION 2-5

2.3 HAZARDOUS & SOILD WASTE GENERATION QUANTITY, PHYSICAL

CHARACTERISTICS AND MODE OF DISPOSAL

2-12

3.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS 3-2

3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY DETAILS 3-3

3.3 RAINFALL DETAILS 3-4

3.4 WIND SPEED DETAILS 3-5

3.5 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 3-6

3.6 DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 3-11

3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS 3-13 to 3-15

3.8A DETAILS OF AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 3-17

3.8B BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS 3-19

3.9 NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION 3-19

3.10 SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR MONITORING SURFACE WATER AND GROUND

WATER QUALITY

3-22

3.11 WATER QUALITY- PHYSICAL PARAMETERS 3-24 to 3-25

3.12 SAMPLING LOCATIONS: SOIL QUALITY 3-26

3.13 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL 3-28

3.14 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS UNDER PROJECT AREA 3-29

3.15 GEOLOGICAL FEATURES 3-31

3.16 AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE 3-35

3.17 FLORA 3-40

3.18 FAUNA 3-43

3.19 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 3-45

3.20 POPULATION DENSITY 3-46

3.21 LITERACY RATE 3-48

3.22 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-54

3.23 DETAILS OF AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA 3-55

4.1 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACKS 4-10

4.2 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT 4-16

4.3 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 4-17

4.4 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 4-24 to 4-25

4.5 CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE

MEASURES

4-26

4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX 4-27

4.7 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4-28

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 5-2

6.1 STORAGE DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 6-6

I- 6

6.2 OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL 6-7

6.3 PROPERTIES OF CHEMICALS 6-8

6.4 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 6-23

6.5 FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED FOR FIRE FIGHTING 6-40

7.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 7-10

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE 1-4 to 1-8

1.2 PLANT LAYOUT 1-9

1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 1-13

1.4 SATELLITE IMAGERY ALONG WITH PRESENT LAND USE PATTERN 1-14

1.5 ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT 1-19

3.1 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM & STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION 3-7 to 3-8

3.2 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3-12

3.3 LOCATION OF NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS 3-18

3.4 LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 3-23

3.5 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS 3-27

3.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS MAP 3-30

3.7 MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES 3-32

3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER 3-36

3.9 LANDUSE / LANDCOVER WITH VILLAGE LOCATIONS 3-37

3.10 POPULATION DENSITY 3-47

3.11 LITERACY DATA 3-50

3.12 VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION AND FOREST BOUNDARIES 3-53

3.13 GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY 3-64

3.14 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-65

3.15 DIGITAL TERRAIN MODEL 3-66

4.1 IMPACT NETWORK 4-2 to 4-7

4.2 ISOPLETHS FOR SPM, SO2, NOX , HCL & ACID MIST 4-11 to 4-15

6.1 QRA METHODOLOGY 6-2

6.2 FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6-3

6.3 SITE PLAN 6-5

7.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 7-3

I- 7

COPY OF TORs

I- 11

Annexure-I

GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

1. Executive Summary

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate

land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance

diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet

(quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the

latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing I

existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent

to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY

2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to

the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for

selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale

on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

I- 12

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired),

government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be

included. (Not required for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km

radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (Mega green field

projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process

and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site

delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest

status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map

duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project

location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden there on

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6. Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based

CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the

NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each

of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to

the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)

and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if

yes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

I- 13

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area

shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP

Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining

the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the

model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality

contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality Modelling – in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding

environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and

reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E (P) Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also

be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan

of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than

1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening

of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also

to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the

water requirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures

shall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

I- 14

8. Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual

workers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being

evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far

& Near vision, Colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards

and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL)? If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

9. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring

into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to

the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along

with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need

to be elaborated upon.

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice

under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13. ‘A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

14. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP

reports.

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly indexed, page numbered.

ii. Period/date of data collection shall be clearly indicated.

iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages shall be provided.

iv. The letter/application for environmental clearance shall quote the MOEF file No. and also

attach a copy of the letter.

I- 15

v. The copy of the letter received from the Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure to

the final EIA-EMP Report.

vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the

EIAEMP Report

vii. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the

consultants issued by MOEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009,

which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.

viii. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with

Quality Council of India (QCl) /National Accreditation Board of Education and Training

(NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA-EMP reports prepared

by them and data provided by other organization/Laboratories including their status of

approvals etc. Name of the Consultant and the Accreditation details shall be posted on the

EIA-EMP Report as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC

presentation.

TORs’ prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for preparation

of EIA-EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the ‘Generic

Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents

provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA-

EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for

conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation, district-

wise, as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The Public Hearing shall be chaired by an Officer

not below the rank of Additional District Magistrate. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and

during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same

shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in a separate chapter and summarized in a tabular

chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for

complying with the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for

obtaining environmental clearance.

I- 16

COMPLIANCE OF ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORs)

Sr.

No.

TOR Point Compliance Status

1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter-8

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation Refer Chapter-9 & Annexure - 14

ii Information about the project proponent Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-1 to 1-2

iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-1 to 1-2

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-3

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-10

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier

EC if any

Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-10

Refer Annexure - 10

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of

transportation


v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage

capacities

Refer Chapter – 6, Page No. 6-6

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their

management


vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of

approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular

and contract)

Refer Chapter-2, Page No. 2-5 to 2-6 & 2-13

Refer Annexure - 8

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries,

process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be

provided

Refer Chapter-2, Page No. 2-2 to 2-4

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems Refer Chapter – 6, Page No. 6-4 to 6-13

x Expansion/modernization proposals Expansion (Product Change)

a Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project from MoEF/SEIAA shall be attached

as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of

the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th

May, 2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances

including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Existing operation

of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

Refer Annexure – 10

Refer Annexure – 11

b In case the existing project has not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA

Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.

Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent

to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006,

CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be

submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents

from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

I- 17

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District

and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites

were considered

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries proposes expansion

(product change) to produce Acetic Anhydride at Plot No.

Z- 25, 26, 27, 28, SEZ Dahej, Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist:

Bharuch (Guj.). The total area of the premises is 76,689.32

m2. Total cost of the expansion project will be Rs. 15

Crores.

Proposed Expansion is within the existing premises

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location

on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-

sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)


iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Proposed Expansion is within the existing premises

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site Longitude 72°37'47.05"E, Latitude 21°42'10.00"N

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site Refer Chapter-1, Page No. 1-4 to 1-7

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If

located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of

Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate



vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site.

If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular


viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and

acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland,

water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for

industrial area)


ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area

(10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study

area



x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area

shall be included


Refer Chapter-3, Page No. 3-58 to 3-62 & 3-64

xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If

the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean

season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based

on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of

the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field projects)

Refer Chapter-3, Page No. 3-62 & 3-65

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession

of the land

Proposed Expansion is within the existing premises

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with State Government policy Proposed Expansion is within the existing premises

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site

and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.


ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines

and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population

zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.


iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as

per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along

with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report


I- 18

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and

downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight

locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines


v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by

the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details

Not Applicable

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be

included


vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area Refer Chapter-3, Page No. 3-16 to 3-20

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Refer Chapter-3, Page No. 3-26 to 3-30

ix Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to

rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are

found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.


x Socio-economic status of the study area Refer Chapter-3, Page No. 3-44 to 3-57

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In

case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling

shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of

the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be

provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location

map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any


ii Water Quality modeling – in case of discharge in water body Refer Chapter-4, Page No. 4-9 to 4-17

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on

the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In

this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished

products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined


iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall

be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules


v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to

meet standards



vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter-7, Page No. 7-15 to 7-17

vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization

and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and

hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall

include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation.


Refer Chapter-7, Page No. 7-20, 7-21, 7-31 to 7-

33

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash

Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided

Not Applicable

I- 19

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The

green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated


x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water

drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various

activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the

water requirement from other sources



xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be included


xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be

submitted


xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness

and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with

District Disaster Management Plan

Refer Chapter – 6, Page No. 6-23 to 6-40


8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety

of all contract and casual workers


ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If

the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format,

chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near

vision, Colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre

placement and periodical examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and

department wise



iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures

the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health

of the workers can be preserved


iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.



9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA report

Refer Chapter – 7, Page No. 7-4

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement /

deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA


iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details

of this system may be given.


iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances /

violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


I- 20

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

Refer Chapter – 2 Page No. 2-5

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be

earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on

Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound

action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon

Refer Chapter – 7 Page No. 7-34 to 7-35

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if

so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any

notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof

and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the

case.

Not Applicable

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above

TORs.

As Above

14 The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for

submission of the EIA-EMP reports.

Complied

M/s. GUJARAT DYESTUFF INDUSTRIES ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 1-1

CHAPTER - 1

___________________________________________________________________________

INTRODUCTION

1.1 JUSTIFICATION AND BACKGROUND

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries, SEZ unit is a well established enthusiastic & professionally

managed manufacturing facility. The plant is located at Plot No. Z- 25, 26, 27, 28, SEZ Dahej,

Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Guj.) and proposes expansion (product change) to

produce Acetic Anhydride. The total area of the premises is 74,123.01 m2.

Gujarat Dyestuff Industries, SEZ (A Unit of Gujarat Dyestuff Industries), RLG Group began its

journey in 1974, when the company was established and formed by Sh. Ram Lal Goyal as a

Plasticizer manufacturing company. Today, the company has grown into a large & dynamic

business house, which currently occupies a leading position in the field of Chemical

Manufacturing, Pharmaceutical’s Manufacturing, Power Plant, Marketing & Exports in the

Domestic as well as the International Market.

Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region

The demand for products intended to be manufacture is increasing in the international

market. By expanding this unit, M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will be able to meet the

demand of proposed product in foreign countries. The project will earn forex. This will also

generate direct and indirect employment opportunity for various level of people in the state

of Gujarat.

Demand -Supply Gap

Based on our informal survey of the market with our current customers and various traders,

we have found that there is a big potential for the product we are planning. This product will

be an addition to the current range of our products at other locations.

Imports vs. Indigenous production

Raw materials are available in local market and if not available then we have to import from

international market.



Domestic/Export Markets

Our products have good demand in international markets. We shall export substantial

output from the plant.

Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to project.

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries have given direct employment to approx. 20 Nos. of people

based on qualification and requirement & after proposed expansion additional approx. 20

Nos. of people shall be employed. In addition to direct employment, indirect employment

shall generate additional business to some extent for the local population.

1.1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND

Sr.

No.

Name Address Designation Contact No.

1. Sh. Shami Garg E- 19, Naveen Shahdara,

Near Tikona Park,

Delhi – 110032

Director 011 - 26515127

2. Sh. D.C. Sharma 2, Shri Ram Society No.2,

Near Vaibhav Park Soc.,

Near Natubhai Circle, Gotri

Road, Baroda – 390023

Director 0265 - 2326676

3. Sh. Om Prakash

Aggrawal

C - 122, Mahendra

Enclave, Azad Pur, Modal

Town, Delhi - 110033

Director 011 - 26515126

1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

For proposed expansion project; following assumption has been considered:

a. Capacity of Plant 1200 MT/Month

b. Total working days in a year 330

c. Raw material storage facility for two months

d. Solvent storage for 30 days



TABLE 1.1

BREAK-UP OF PROJECT COST

Total Project Cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 1500 Lakhs. Out of this around Rs. 121

Lakhs will be invested for pollution control measures.

Sr.

No. Description

Project Cost

(Rs in Lacs)

1 Land Cost 750

2 Building 100

3 Plant & Machinery 405

4 Lab Equipments 15

5 Environment Management System 121

6 Utilities 109

Total Project Cost 1500

TABLE 1.2

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

SR.

NO.

LAND USE BUILT UP AREA

(SQ. MT.)

1 Security Cabin 4.00

2 Visitors, Excise Room & Weigh Bridge 148.00

3 Store Room 800.00

4 Coal Storage & TFH Shed 1760.00

5 U.G. Water Tank 120.00

6 Plant-1 2142.00

7 Tank Farm-1 364.00

8 Tank Farm-2 364.00

9 Cooling Tower-1 72.00

10 Maintenance Area-1 399.00

11 FO Tank-1 270.00

12 Plant-2 2142.00

13 Coal Storage & TFH Shed 1760.00

14 Tank Farm-1 364.00

15 Tank Farm-2 364.00

16 Cooling Tower-2 72.00

17 Maintenance Area-2 313.50

18 FO Tank-2 270.00

19 Effluent Treatment Plant 2500.00

TOTAL 14228.50

20 Surrender Plot Area -2,566.31

21 Parking Area Provided 7,465.00

22 Open Land 27300.00

23 Green Belt Area Provided 25129.51

Total Plot Area 74123.01



FIGURE - 1.1

LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE

PROJECT SITEPROJECT SITE

Project

Site



KEY PLAN



GOOGLE IMAGE



GOOGLE IMAGE (10 KM RADIUS)

TOPOSHEET



PHOTOGRAPHS OF COMPANY (EXISTING)



FIGURE - 1.2

LAYOUT OF THE PLANT



TABLE 1.3

LIST OF PRODUCTS ALONG WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY

QUANTITY

(MT/MONTH)

SR.

NO.

PRODUCT NAME

EXISTING ADDITIONAL

PROPOSED

TOTAL

CAS Nos. LD50

1

Vinyl Sulphone

(From Condensed VS as Raw

Material)

430 -430 0 77-77-0 32 mg/kg

2 Acetic Acid -92 % 100 -100 0 64-19-7 3310 mg/kg

3 Acetic Anhydride 0 1200 1200 108-24-7 1780 mg/kg

Total 530 1200 1200



1.2 PROJECT SETTINGS

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will be located at longitude 72° 37’ 47.05” E and latitude

21° 42’ 10.00” N. Detailed Layout map of the plant is shown in Figure 1.2. M/s. Gujarat

Dyestuff Industries located near Bharuch and Vadodara which are all important industrial

and commercial centers of Gujarat and India. The nearest railway station is Dahej on broad

gauge section of Western Railway Line. The station is located at about 3.20 km from the

project site. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries is well connected from Bharuch-Dahej highway by

road transport. Nearest Airport is at Vadodara, which is located at a distance of about 75

km from project site.

The nearest large city is Vadodara, which is about 75 km away and has population of around

17.5 Lac. Water for industrial purpose shall be available from GIDC water supply.

Development of Communication systems is good in the region due to proximity to Bharuch

and Vadodara. The treated effluent shall be collected in central collection tank before it is

discharged in to deep sea via GIDC sewer. CETP, Dahej is under construction. Secured landfill

site and Common Incineration Facility operated by M/s. Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. is

located at Dahej, about 4-5 km away from the project site.

The salient features of the site are as under:

1. Minimum distances:

a) From City : Vadodara 75 km

b) Village : Luvara 0.6 km South

c) Historical Site : None

d) Sanctuaries : None

e) Highway : State highway No. 64

f) Narmada Estuary : 2.3 km South

g) Secured landfill site : 4-5 km

2. Use of forest land : None

3. Use of prime agricultural land: None

4. Planned submergence : None

5. Displacement of population : None



1.2.1 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

1.2.1.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical

maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been

verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of

the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and verified by using SoI

topographical maps and satellite data.

1.2.1.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

The distance of railways and National and State highways are presented in Table 1.4 below.

TABLE 1.4

___________________________________________________________________________

DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Area

1 Village Dahej 3.20 Km in West Direction

2 Village Jolva 1.80 Km in East Direction

2 NH-8 43.7 Km in East Direction

3 NH-8E 44.7 Km in West Direction

4 SH-6 0.44 Km in North Direction

5 SH-37 33.87 Km in West Direction

6 Railway line 1.0 Km in North-East Direction

7 Dahej, Nearest Railway Station 3.20 Km in West Direction

8 Narmada River 2.3 Km in South Direction

9 Bhavnagar Airport 30.0 Km in North-West Direction

1.2.1.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

A map depicting administrative boundaries up to Taluka level, showing locations of towns

and villages along with National and State highways, major and medium roads and railways

is presented as Figure 1.3. The map also shows the water bodies for better understanding of

project area. The map marks the area within 10 km with the project site as the center.



FIGURE – 1.3

KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS



FIGURE – 1.4

SATELLITE IMAGERY



1.3 PURPOSE OF EIA

The EIA study is carried out to assess the pollution potential and evaluate the adequacy and

efficiency of proposed Pollution Control & Environmental Management System.

1.4 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The main objectives of the study are

1) To assess the background environmental status,

2) To identify potential sources of pollution,

3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control

measures taken and

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan and Disaster

Management Plan.

1.5 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA

Taking into consideration proposed expansion project activities and guidelines, an area of 10

km radius from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study

area for the purpose of EIA studies.

1.5.1 Base Line Condition

The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analyzed as

per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of

proposed activity on the same.

1.5.1.1 Ambient Air Environment

The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up seven locations within the

study area of 10 km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site

specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient

temperature was carried out. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations

is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and

analyzed for SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Benzo (a) Pyrene

(BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) & VOCs for identification, prediction, evaluation and

assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment.



1.5.1.2 Ground And Surface Water Environment

The water required for domestic and industrial use is being made available from surface

water. Hence, to assess the physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of water

samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity, BOD3,

COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Ammonical Nitrogen, Hardness, Alkalinity, Oil

& Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if any.

1.5.1.3 Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone. The anticipated noise sources were

industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels

were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area.

Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise

levels in the surrounding villages.

1.5.1.4 Soil Environment

Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the

soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the

study area.

1.5.1.5 Biological Environment

Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the

proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments,

changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were

studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any.

1.5.1.6 Socio-economic Environment

Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from website of Census Dept.,

GoI to assess socio-economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant

historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment

benefit arisen out from the project is given special attention.



1.5.2 Identification of Pollution Source

Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed scenario is carried out along with

input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities

available.

1.5.3 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System

The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of

pollution control system is carried out.

1.5.4 Evaluation of Impact

A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities

is carried out.

1.5.5 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the

aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures,

Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental

Management Plan.

The present report is an EIA conducted during Post-Monsoon, 2016 (October 1, 2016 to

December 31, 2016). The baseline environmental conditions have been established through

field monitoring and literature survey. The contents of EIA report, details of data collection

and source of secondary data are presented in Figure 1.5.

1.6 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

The objective of the EIA study is preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report

based on the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), CPCB and GPCB.

It incorporates the following.

• Chapter 1 is an Introduction to the Industry, their premises and surrounding areas. It

also expresses the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be

covered under each Environmental component.



• Chapter 2 presents a Description of Project and Infrastructure facilities including all

industrial and environmental aspects of M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries as well as

manufacturing process details. This chapter also gives information about raw

material storage and handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air

pollution and control system, Hazardous Waste generation, storage facility and

disposal and utilities for expansion plant capacity. It also provides information about

proposed Environmental Management Facilities available at the project site.

• Chapter 3 covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details,

Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding

area covering air, water and land environment. Also presents a study of land use

pattern, Biological Environment & Socio-Economic Environment giving details about

District Bharuch, Taluka Vagra and the study area in terms of land use pattern,

biological environment, and socio-economic environment.

• Chapter 4 deals with Identification and Prediction of Impact, which provides

quantification of significant impacts of the proposed activities of plant on various

environmental components. Evaluation of the proposed pollution control facilities

has been presented.

• Chapter 5 deals with Environmental Monitoring Plan

• Chapter 6 describes Additional Studies i.e. Risk analysis and Disaster management

plan that shall be adopted by the company.

• Chapter 7 describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for

mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts.

• Chapter 8 describes Summary of the Project.

• Chapter 9 describes Details of Consultants Engaged.


FIGURE 1.5

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT

RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY OF PLANT ANNUAL REPORT

MARKET ASSESSMENT

PROJECT REPORT

INTRODUCTION

MONITORING OF AIR, WATER & SOIL QUALITY & NOISE

LEVELS

DATA ON METEOROLOGY, SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS &

BASIC AMENITIES

SITE VISITS AND INTERVIEWS WITH LOCALS

BASELINE

ENVIRONMENTAL

STATUS CENTRAL GROUND WATER BOARD

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD (GPCB)

PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING DEPT

AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT

FOREST DEPARTMENT

IRRIGATION DEPARTMENT

EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE

HEALTH CENTER

CENSUS OF INDIA

INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPT

ENVIRONMETAL INFORMATION CENTRE

SOCIOECONOMIC

STATUS &

INFRASTRUCTURE

PROPOSED

EXPANSION

PLANT

FACILITY DESCRIPTION IMPACTS

METHODOLOGY OF

IMPACT

ASSESSMENT

IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

EVALUATION OF IMPACTS BY MATRIX METHOD

SOURCE OF INFORMATION OVERVIEW OF

E. I. A. STUDIES ACTIVITIES

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLAN, AIR

POLLUTION CONTROL, HAZARDOUS WASTE

MANAGEMENT, GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

MONITORING PROGRAM

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

PREPARATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

RISK ASSESSMENT

STUDIES &

DISASTER

MANAGEMENT PLAN

SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY GUIDELINES BY

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF FACTORY SAFETY, MINISTRY OF LABOR



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries proposes expansion (product change) to produce Acetic

Anhydride at Plot No. Z- 25, 26, 27, 28, SEZ Dahej, Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Guj.).

2.1.1 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PLANTS ALONG WITH DETAILS ON BEST AVAILABLE

TECHNOLOGIES (BAT), PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY AND REASONS FOR SELECTING THE SAME

• State-of-art plant for the manufacturing of Acetic Anhydride with automated operation.

Latest technology like DCS (distributed control system) considered with automated

sequential operation from centralized control room with monitoring and measuring

systems for safe operations.

• Emergency control center in the plant considered with display panel of the locations

• CC TV monitoring considered for critical operations.

2.1.2 DETAILS ON END USE OF EACH PRODUCT

• Organic Chemical Industry and Dye Intermediate industries using as a raw material or in

process.

• Agrochemical Industries.

• Pharmaceutical Industries using for manufacturing of Aspirin.

• In Starch industry used for the production of making modified starch.



2.2 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES

Manufacturing activities proposed expansion project include various processes. The activities

shall also include operation of various utilities. The manufacturing process is described in

details in following sections. The list of products and their capacity is given in Table 1.3.

PROCESS DESCRIPTION

ACETIC ANHYDRIDE

Manufacturing Process:

The manufacture of Acetic Anhydride involves cracking down of Acetic Acid into Ketene at a

temperature of 600-700OC in a suitable designed Furnace and absorbing this Ketene gas into

Glacial Acetic Acid so as to form Acetic Anhydride.

Acetic acid will be vaporized and passed through a series of 3 cracking coils made of special

alloy steel, housed in a suitable furnace where a temperature of 10000C to 1100

0 C is

maintained. The products of cracking will be cooled in series of coolers where un-reacted acid

and water are removed, and the balance is taken to a series of absorption towers, where

Ketene is absorbed in acetic acid to form crude acetic anhydride. Crude acetic anhydride (75-85

%) as obtained from the first tower will be taken to the distillation and purification system

working under vacuum, where un-reacted acetic acid, will be returned to the absorption

system. The bottoms of this column are fed to a second column from which pure acetic

anhydride will be obtained as product from top. The dilute acid of 30-45 % strength is

concentrated in a separate plant for reuse.

Chemical Reaction:

CH3COOH 600O C -7 CH2CO +H2O –

CH2CO + CH3COOH (CH2CO)2 O + Heat

6000C -700

0C

Tri Ethyl

Phosphate

Acetic

Anhydride



Mass Balance:

Cracking Coil

In Furnace

Cracking of Acetic

Acetic Acid 800 kg

Heat

Mixture of Ketene & Acetic Acid

(420 Ketene +380 (Acetic acid +

water)

Series of coolers

380 (Acetic Acid+

water)

420 +600 (Acetic Acid+

Ketene)

Absorption

Tower

Crude AA

1st

Distillation

2nd

Distillation

1000 kg Pure Acetic

Acetic Acid recovery

plant

8 kg

Acetic acid =212 kg

Water=180 kg

Acetic Acid 600 kg

12 kg water



ACETIC ACID RECOVERY:

380 kg of Mixture (Acetic Acid + Water) is obtained from the series of coolers. This contains

55.8 % Acetic acid and 44.2% (212 kg acetic acid &180 kg water). Now this water has to be

separated from this acetic acid and this process is called recovery.

Mixture of water and acetic acid is treated with Ethyl Acetate, acetic acid will dissolve in Ethyl

Acetate and water will be separated, the water so separated is called condensate and mixture

of Ethyl Acetate and Acetic acid is separated through simple distillation.

2.3 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

The raw materials shall be received in M.S. tank, HDPE/fibre drums, Carboys and cylinders as

well as through tankers. All the storage tanks of hazardous flammable substances shall be

located within premises in separate storage area i.e. Tank farm area shall be stored in MS/SS

tank with all precautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances. Large area is

covered by well-designed warehouse, which shall be containing store office, raw material store,

finished product store, etc. The personnel protective equipments like hand gloves, safety shoes,

goggles, helmet, clothing, etc. are provided to those handling hazardous chemicals as per

requirement. All the motors and electrical connections are flame proof. List of raw materials

are given in Table-2.1.

TABLE – 2.1

LIST OF RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Quantity

MTPM

CAS Nos. LD50

1. Acetic Acid 1680 64-19-7 3310 mg/kg

2. Tri Ethyl Phosphate 0.1 78-40-0 1600 mg/kg



2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

2.4.1 LAND

Total 74,123.01 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 25,129.51 sq.

meter (approx. 33.9%) area are covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

2.4.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

Transportation of all the raw material and products shall be primarily by road only.

2.4.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER

Total water requirement is 34.5 KL/day [24 Fresh + 10.5 Reuse] which is met through GIDC

water supply. The wastewater generation is 14.5 KL/day in which the industrial 10.5 KL/Day

(processing 8.5 KL/Day is treated from inter reaction of RM, reused in cooling and 2.0 KL/Day is

cooling bleed off and utilized in greenbelt). So, there will be no industrial waste water

generation and Domestic Waste water generation 4 KL/Day is disposed in septic tank/soak pit.

Details of water consumption and wastewater generation are given in Table 2.2.

TABLE - 2.2

WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTEWATER GENERATION

* W/w from inter reaction of RM will be reused in cooling

** Cooling bleed off will be utilize in greenbelt

Sr. No Sources Water consumption

KLD

W/W generation

KLD

A. Domestic 4.0 4.0

B. Gardening 2.0** --

C. Industrial

(i) Processing 0.0 8.5*

(ii) Cooling 28.5 (20+ 8.5*) 2**

Total Industrial 28.5 10.5

Total (A+B+C) 34.5 14.5

Less recycle 10.5 --

Fresh water 24 --



WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Water Balance Diagram

Total fresh water consumption = 34.5

{24.0 (fresh) +10.5 (reuse)}

Domestic 4.0 Process 0.0 Utility

20.0+8.5*=28.5

Greenbelt 2**

Cooling 28.5

Used for green belt

Bleed off 2** Total Volume 8.5 *

8.5 From

process Disposed to

sock pit 4.0

All units are in KLD



2.4.3.1 TREATMENT PROCESS

ETP DETAILS

There is waste water generation form process and cooling tower bleed off. This generated

waste water will be used for cooling tower make up and gardening purpose after proper

treatment.

The waste water generated from process shall pass through oil and grease removal trap where

oil and grease shall remove with oil and grease removal belt and collected Oil and Grease

collection tank. Then effluent shall be collected in Equalization cum Neutralization tank where it

is neutralize by hydrated lime. After neutralization the effluent is passed through filter press to

remove all the lime sludge and clear liquid is stored for further settling in the primary settling

tank. After this the effluent is stored in the treated effluent storage tank. The treated effluent is

further taken to cooling tower make up and gardening purpose.

In case of treated effluent having some impurities then treated effluent is further taken to the

incinerator for the necessary incineration. The Incinerator is designed as per the CPCB norms

having a capacity of 1000 kg/hr. the incinerator is having dual chambers in the primary chamber

the temperature is raised to 950 deg C and is further passed to the secondary chamber where

the maximum temperature 1150-1200 deg C is raised through the third chamber provided in

the secondary chamber. After secondary chamber there is a settling chamber from where all

the necessary heavy particles are arrested and flue gas so generated is passed to the scrubber

tank.

At the scrubber tank the circulation pump is provided to circulate and arrest the low density

particle in the flue gas so that the SPM level of the flue gas is attained as per the desired norms

of CPCB. After Scrubber tank a cyclonic separator is provided for further reducing the SPM level

before finally releasing the flue gas to a 30 m high chimney.



ETP Flow Diagram:

W/w from

Process TSDF

Bleed off

If Required

ASH

Oil & Grease

removal

Trap

Equalization cum

Neutralization

Tank

FILTER

PRESS

INCINERATOR TREATED WATER

STORAGE TANK

PRIMARY

SETTLING TANK

TSDF,

NECL

Collection

Tank

Reuse in Cooling Tower

makeup and Gardening

Purpose

ETP UNIT SIZE

Sr. No. Name of Tank Size of Tank / Capacity No. of Tanks

1. Oil & Grease Removal Tank 3 m3 1

2. Equalization cum Neutralization Tank 20 m3 1

3. Chemical Dosing Tank - 1

3. Filter Press - 1

4. Primary Settling Tank 5 m3 1

5. Treated Water Storage Tank 20 m3 1



DETAILS OF INCINERATOR:

Incinerator technical details for 1000 kgs/ hour of Liquid Waste to be Incinerated

A GENERAL

1. Equipment Liquid Waste Incineator

2. Process Thermal destruction of Organic matter by mass

transport

3. Outlet Ash as residue

4. Waste feeding rate 1000 Liter per hour

5. Fuel Natural Gas

6. Power 30 KW, 420-450

7. Fuel Consumption 70 kgs per hour

8. Design Temperature 13000

C

B Incinerator

1. Installation Stationary

2. Installation Heating Load 6,00000 KCal/Hour, 3 burner

Incinerator Equipment List:

1. Furnace 2W* 6L* 2H MOC = MS 20625, 5mm thick plate inside 0.5 mm thick.

Asbestos sheet

25 mm cearawool lining

75 mm thick I.S. 8 insulation bricks lining

75 mm thick I.S. 8 insulation bricks lining

75 mm thick 70% high alumina lining

2. Chamber 3 Chambers.

1st

primary chamber temperature 9500 C

2nd

secondary chamber temperature 11000 C – 1200

0 C, Residence time for gas

2.3 sec in this chamber for complete combustion of fuel gases.

3rd

setting chamber for setting of particles in the gas flow.

3. Burner 2 burner for primary chamber each of 10 to 25 lit./hour.

1 burner for secondary chamber each of 10 to 25 lit./hour.

4. Ducting Incinerator to scrubber tank

MS 2062 with inside castable lining 25 mm thick.

5. Blower 5 H.P. 300 CFM, 2800 RPM for effective spraying of effluent, MOC = M.S. 2062.

6. Scrubber 900* 6 Mtr. Height with quenching & scrubbing system to bring down flue

gases below limits set by pollution control board.

7. Pumps (a). For Scrubber: 5 H.P. , R.P.M. = 1440

Capacity: 3 lit. per second, Head: 10 Mts.

(b) For effluent spray: 2 H.P., 1440 RPM

Capacity: 1 Lit/sec, Head: 10 Mts.

8. Tank Scrubbing Tank: 20 KL Capacity.

9. I.D. Fan 10 H.P., 4000 CFM, 1400 RPM, MOC: M.S. 2062.



EXPECTED CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTEWATER BEFORE & AFTER TREATEMENT

Sr.

No.

PARAMETER Unit of

Measurement

Characteristics of

Untreated Waste

Water

Characteristics of

Treated Waste Water

1. pH - 5.0 – 9.0 6.5 -8.5

2. BOD mg/l 150 mg/L < 30 mg/L

3. COD mg/l 300 mg/L < 100 mg/L

4. TSS mg/l 800 mg/L < 100 mg/L

5. TDS mg/l 2100 mg/L < 2100 mg/L

6. Oil & Grease mg/l 10 mg/L < 10 mg/L



2.4.4 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Fuel Type Stack

Height/ dia

in m

APC measures Probable emission

� Existing Flue gas Stacks

1. Thermic Fluid Heater

(6 Lacs kcal/hr)

LDO/NG 20 _

2. D.G. Set (380 KVA) HSD 11 -

PM<150mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOx <50 ppm

� Existing Flue gas stack will be replaced after proposed expansion with following new stacks


(20 Lakh kcal/hrs)- 2

Nos

Coal 30 Air Pre heater

Multi cyclone

Bag filter

2. Furnace- 2 nos. FO 30 Air Pre heater

Heat recovery unit

Caustic Scrubber

PM<150mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOx <50 ppm

3. DG set ( stand by) HSD 11 -

4. Incinerator FO 30 Ventury scrubber

Packed bed

scrubber

Drop back

scrubber

PM<150mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOx <50 ppm

HCl <50mg/Nm3

CO <50mg/Nm3

TOC<20mg/Nm3

� Process Gas Stack : no Process Gas Stack



2.4.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce

noise generation at source to the permissible limit. However, at place where noise levels can

exceed the permissible limit, Earplugs and Earmuffs are provided to those working in such area.

2.4.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM

Four Categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes is generated from this Unit. Hazardous waste

generation after proposed expansion will be Used Oil @ 25 Lit/Month or 0.3 KL/Annum, ETP

Sludge @ 50 Kg/Month, Bags & Containers @ Nil and Incineration Ash @ 1.25 MT/Month. Used

Oil will be given to authorized recyclers. ETP Sludge & Incineration Ash will be sent to TSDF

facility i.e. NECL for land filling. Hazardous waste generation quantity, physical characteristics

and mode of disposal are given in Table-2.3.

TABLE-2.3

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE AND ITS MODE OF DISPOSAL

Sr.

No

Waste

details

Category Existing

Quantity

Total

Proposed

MT/Month

Mode of Disposal

1. ETP Sludge 35.3 50 Kg/Month 50 Kg/Month Collection, storage,

transportation and disposal at

TSDF.

2. Incineration Ash 37.2 - 1.25

MT/Month

Collection, storage,

transportation and disposal at

TSDF.

3. Used Oil 5.1 25 Lit/Month 25 Lit/Month

Or

0.3 KL/Annum

Collection, storage,

transportation and selling to

authorized recyclers.

4. Bags and Containers 33.1 100

Nos. /Month

Nil Collection, storage,

transportation and selling to

authorized recyclers.



2.5 DETAILS OF UTILITIES

Various utilities required for proper functioning of manufacturing plants. These utilities include

Boiler, Cooling Plant, Cooling Tower, DM Water Plant, Chilling Plant & Brine Unit, Air

Compressor, High Vacuum System, etc.

2.6 ELECTRICITY & FUEL REQUIREMENT

TOTAL POWER REQUIREMENT & SOURCE OF POWER

Estimated power requirement is 1200 KW. Power will be taken from Torrent Power. Stand by

DG set, 1 No. (1200 KVA each) will be used as emergency power back up.

FUEL REQUIREMENT

Sr.

No.

Fuel Requirement

1 Coal 20.16 TPD

2 FO (Furnace Oil) 4.64 KL/day


ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 3- 1

CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis

for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline environmental quality

is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various components of the

environment, viz. air, noise, water, land and socio-economic. The baseline environmental

quality has been assessed in the Post-Monsoon Season of 2016 (October 1, 2016 to

December 31, 2016) in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site.

3.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA

The climate of Gujarat is varied, as it is moist in the southern districts and dry in the

northern region. The Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Cambay in the west and the forest-covered

hills in the east soften the rigours of climatic extremes, consequently reducing the

temperature and render the climate more pleasant and healthy. Bharuch lies along the

southern part of the state and experiences a climate with aridity index of 15 to 20 per cent

indicating adequate moisture availability in the soils for most part of the year. (Courtesy:

Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)




3.1.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS

Minimum, Maximum and Average Temperatures for Vadodara Station of the year 2016 are

given in Table 3.1.

TABLE 3.1

TEMPERATURE DATA

Month

(2016)

Minimum

Temperature

(0C)

Maximum

Temperature

(0C)

Average

Temperature

(0C)

January 12 30 22

February 11 36 24

March 17 41 29

April 24 42 31

May 27 44 36

June 26 42 31

July 23 26 30

August 25 35 29

September 21 38 30

October 17 39 29

November 15 36 28

December 10 34 21




3.1.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)

Minimum, Maximum and Average Monthly Relative Humidity for Vadodara Station of the

year 2015 is given in Table 3.2.

TABLE 3.2

RELATIVE HUMIDITY DATA

Month

(2016) Minimum R.H.% Maximum R.H.% Average R.H.%

January 22 92 60

February 21 84 51

March 15 92 48

April 16 91 52

May 18 90 54

June 25 100 69

July 45 100 76

August 51 97 75

September 29 96 69

October 10 89 56

November 24 98 53

December 20 82 49

The mean monthly average of Relative Humidity values for Dahej station was recorded &

Relative Humidity is generally high during the period from June to September. The diurnal

variations are least during monsoon season. The diurnal variation is highest during summer

period.




3.1.3 RAINFALL

Rainfall data for Bharuch Station of the year 2016 is presented in Table 3.3.

TABLE 3.3

RAINFALL DATA

Month

(2016)

Monthly Total

(mm)

Numbers of Rainy Days

January 00 00

February 00 00

March 00 00

April 00 00

May 00 00

June 25 07

July 159 25

August 118 17

September 94 12

October 100 3

November 00 00

December 00 00

Total 496 64

Total rainfall, during the monsoon period, has been recorded as 496 mm.




3.1.4 WIND SPEED

Wind speed for Vadodara Station of the year 2016 is given in Table 3.4.

TABLE 3.4

WIND SPEED DATA

Sr. No. Month

(2016)

Average Wind speed

(KMPH)

1. January 08

2. February 07

3. March 10

4. April 13

5. May 15

6. June 16

7. July 18

8. August 14

9. September 12

10. October 09

11. November 07

12. December 08

Average 11.42




Site-specific mean meteorological data is given in Table-3.5. A meteorological station was

installed at the project site to know temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and wind

direction in Dahej SEZ during the study period:

TABLE - 3.5

___________________________________________________________________________

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA

(PERIOD: OCTOBER, 2016 TO DECEMBER, 2016)

MONTH METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETER

OCTOBER’ 16 NOVEMBER’ 16 DECEMBER’ 16

Temperature (0C)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

16

36

26

13

34

27

12

31

23

Relative Humidity (%)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

18

98

56

20

97

57

19

89

52

Wind Speed (km/h)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

0

19

4

0

25

6

0

21

5

There was no rainfall during the study period. Diurnal shift in wind direction was not

observed during the study period. The wind rose diagram prepared from data collected at

site is shown in Figure 3.1A, while stability class diagram is shown in Figure 3.1B




FIGURE-3.1A

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM




0.4

83.7

8.7 7.1

0.2 0.0 0.00

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

%

Wind Class Frequency Distribution

Wind Class (m/s)Calms 0.50 - 2.10 2.10 - 3.60 3.60 - 5.70 5.70 - 8.80 8.80 - 11.10 >= 11.10

12.5

15.4

9.88.8

10.7

13.3

29.1

10

15

20

25

30

35

%

Stability Class Frequency Distribution

Stability ClassA B C D E F G

FIGURE-3.1B

STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION




3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.2.1 DESIGN OF NETWORK FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air

quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport

and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons.

The baseline studies for air environment include identification of specific air pollutants prior

to implementation of the project. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

requires monitoring of baseline ambient air quality during one season. Accordingly, ambient

air quality monitoring was carried out in the pre-monsoon season from October 1, 2016 to

December 31, 2016. The main sources of air emissions in the study area are industrial

operations, vehicular emission, dust from paved and unpaved tracks, fuel burning for

domestic purpose, and wind blown dust from open land.

Nine Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) locations were selected based on guidelines of

ambient air quality network siting criteria of CPCB. All AAQM locations were selected within

the study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site covering all zones i.e. industrial,

residential, rural & other area as per NAAQS and keeping in mind local topography and

meteorology of the area.




3.2.2 METHODOLOGY FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air

Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried

out at ten locations during the study period. The locations of the different stations with

respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table-3.6 and Figure-3.2

respectively.

The conventional and project specific parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter,

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate

Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead

(Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP),

Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Chlorine (Cl2), HCl & VOCs were monitored at site.

The values for mentioned concentrations of various pollutants at all the monitoring

locations were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, minimum

concentration, and maximum concentration and percentile values. The existing baselines

levels of Suspended Particulate Matter, Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-

PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3),

Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Chlorine (Cl2) ), HCl & VOCs

are expressed in terms of various statistical parameters as given in Tables-3.7 National

ambient air quality standards are enclosed as Annexure-1.




TABLE - 3.6

___________________________________________________________________________

DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

SR.

NO.

NAME OF VILLAGE BEARING

W.R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE FROM PROJECT

SITE (KM)

TYPE

OF

AREA

1 Project-site (A1) --- --- Industrial

2 Dahej (A2) W 3.20 Residential

3 Lakhigam (A3) SW 5.80 Residential

4 Luvara (A4) SW 6.20 Residential

5 Ambetha (A5) SW 3.00 Residential

6 Jageshwar (A6) SW 4.60 Residential

7 Vadadla (A7) N 1.60 Residential

8 Jolva (A8) E 1.80 Residential

9 Kadodara (A9) NNE 4.00 Residential




FIGURE - 3.2

___________________________________________________________________________

LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS




TABLE 3.7

___________________________________________________________________________

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (October-16 to December-16) Unit: µg/m3

SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx O3 SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) 121.60 81.06 44.83 17.64 19.48 10.93

2 Dahej (A2) 113.80 73.42 41.62 17.29 18.36 10.69

3 Lakhigam (A3) 116.00 77.05 41.99 16.06 17.69 10.38

4 Luvara (A4) 114.60 73.65 43.16 13.48 15.39 10.53

5 Ambetha (A5) 116.70 75.32 44.63 12.41 14.08 11.02

6 Jageshwar (A6) 119.60 78.02 43.97 16.56 18.48 10.77

7 Vadadla (A7) 112.90 72.67 45.99 11.97 14.06 10.73

8 Jolva (A8) 114.90 75.15 44.62 14.93 16.86 10.25

9 Kadodara (A9) 115.40 74.89 46.82 15.26 16.91 10.57

Limit 500 100 60 80 80 100

TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)

___________________________________________________________________________

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (October-16 to December-16)

Pb

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

C6H6

(µg/m3)

BaP

(ng/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) 0.92 BDL 1.27 BDL BDL BDL 10.79

2 Dahej (A2) BDL 1.75 1.28 BDL BDL BDL 10.47

3 Lakhigam (A3) BDL 1.74 1.21 BDL BDL BDL 10.47

4 Luvara (A4) BDL 1.37 1.28 BDL BDL BDL 10.86

5 Ambetha (A5) BDL 1.61 1.26 BDL BDL BDL 10.75

6 Jageshwar (A6) BDL BDL 1.21 BDL BDL BDL 10.65

7 Vadadla (A7) BDL 1.71 1.24 BDL BDL BDL 10.48

8 Jolva (A8) BDL 1.58 1.20 BDL BDL BDL 10.44

9 Kadodara (A9) BDL BDL 1.23 BDL BDL BDL 10.49

Limit 1 400 4 5 1 6 20

Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit




TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)

___________________________________________________________________________

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (October-16 to December-16) Unit: µg/Nm3

HC

(ppm)

HCl VOCs

(Isobutylene Equivalent)

(ppm)

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) BDL BDL 0.8

2 Dahej (A2) BDL BDL 0.8

3 Lakhigam (A3) BDL BDL 0.5

4 Luvara (A4) BDL BDL 0.7

5 Ambetha (A5) BDL BDL 0.6

6 Jageshwar (A6) BDL BDL 0.3

7 Vadadla (A7) BDL BDL 0.5

8 Jolva (A8) BDL BDL 0.6

9 Kadodara (A9) BDL BDL 0.7

Limit 160 - -

Note: ND – Not Detected

Note:

PARAMETER TEST METHOD

Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (PART 23):2006 (Cyclonic Flow Technique) Gravimetric Method

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Gravimetric Method CPCB Method (Vol.I, May-2011)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (PART-2):2001

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) IS 5182 (PART-6):2006

Ozone (O3) IS 5182 (PART-9) :1974 **

Lead (Pb) CPCB Method (Vol.I, May-2011)

Ammonia (NH3) Indophenol Blue Method *Carbon Monoxide (CO) Digital CO Analyzer

**Benzene (C6H6) IS 5182 (PART XI):2006/CPCB Method

**Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) CPCB Method (Vol.I, May)

**Arsenic (As) CPCB Method (Vol.I, May)

**Nickel (Ni) CPCB Method (Vol.I, May)

**Hydro Carbon (HC) Digital Gas Analyzer

VOC – Aeroqual Series 300 (Sensor 0 – 25 ppm)

Minimum Detectable Limit – 0.1 ppm

Minimum Detection Limit: **

Lead (as Pb) : 0.5 µg/m3

**Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) : 0.5 ng/m

3

Ammonia (NH3) : 1 µg/m3

**Arsenic (as As) : 2 ng/m

3

Carbon Monoxide(as CO) : 1.14 mg/m3

**Nickel (as Ni) : 10 ng/m

3

**Benzene (as C6H6) : 2 µg/m

3

**Hydrocarbon(HC) : 1 ppm

*Not in our NABL Scope,

**Analysed by Sub Contractor (Not in our NABL Scope)




TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS - MINIMUM, MAXIMUM, ARITHMETIC MEAN, 98TH

PERCENTILE VALUE & AVERAGE (24 HRS.)

(OCTOBER’2016 TO DECEMBER’2016) Unit: µg/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx O3

1 Project-site (A1)

Average 81 45 18 19 11

Min – Max 77-84 41-49 13-19 13-21 9-14

Arithmetic Mean 81 45 18 20 11

98th

Percentile 84 49 19 21 14

2 Dahej (A2)

Average 73 42 17 18 11

Min – Max 72-79 38-44 12-19 11-22 8-14

Arithmetic Mean 73 42 17.5 19 10.5

98th

Percentile 77.16 44 19 22 14

3 Lakhigam (A3)

Average 77 42 16 18 10

Min – Max 73-80 41-45 10-18 10-19 7-14

Arithmetic Mean 77 42 16.5 18 10

98th

Percentile 80 44.54 18 19 14

4 Luvara (A4)

Average 74 43 13 15 11

Min – Max 71-79 30-46 10-17 12-19 8-14

Arithmetic Mean 73 43 13.5 15.5 10.5

98th

Percentile 78.08 46 17 19 13.54

5 Ambetha (A5)

Average 75 45 12 14 11

Min – Max 70-78 41-49 10-16 10-17 9-15

Arithmetic Mean 75 44.5 12 14 11

98th

Percentile 78 49 15.54 17 14.54

6 Jageshwar (A6)

Average 78 44 17 18 11

Min – Max 74-83 37-46 10-19 12-22 8-14

Arithmetic Mean 77.5 45 17 19.5 11

98th

Percentile 83 46 18.54 22 14

7 Vadadla (A7)

Average 73 46 12 14 11

Min – Max 71-81 42-49 9-15 9-16 7-14

Arithmetic Mean 72 46 11.5 14 11

98th

Percentile 80.08 49 15 16 13.54

8 Jolva (A8)

Average 75 45 15 17 10

Min – Max 70-78 41-49 12-19 12-19 7-15

Arithmetic Mean 75 44.5 14.5 17 10

98th

Percentile 78 49 19 19 14.54

9 Kadodara (A9)

Average 75 47 15 17 11

Min – Max 70-82 36-50 12-18 12-20 8-14

Arithmetic Mean 75 48 15.5 17 10.5

98th

Percentile 80.16 49.54 18 19.54 13.54

Limit 100 60 80 80 100




3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify existing

noise sources and to measure background noise levels. Major noise sources in the study

area are industries, commercial, and vehicular movements. The noise monitoring locations

are given in Table-3.8A and shown in Figure-3.3 while the results of noise monitoring are

given in Table 3.8B.

3.3.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

The noise monitoring was carried out at seven locations in day time during (6 am to 9 pm)

and at night time (9 pm to 6 am) in the study area covering all the areas i.e. industrial,

commercial, residential and silence zones as mentioned in Noise (Pollution and Control)

Rules, 2000. CPCB Recommendations for community noise exposure are attached as

Annexure – 3. Hourly Equivalent noise levels Leq (day) and Leq (night) were measured at

each monitoring locations. One day monitoring on December 02, 2016 during day and night

time was carried out at all the locations. Besides, damage risk criteria for hearing loss given

by Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) are enclosed as Annexure - 2.

The noise level measured in study area at different locations is given in Table 3.8. The noise

sources identified around the site are vehicular traffic, industrial and commercial activities.

CPCB recommendation for community noise exposure in different category of area (i.e.

residential, commercial, industrial and silence zone) is enclosed as Annexure - 3 while

Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety & health administration

(OSHA) is enclosed as Annexure - 2. The noise levels were below the stipulated standards of

CPCB.

Noise levels due to transportation were also measured at three different locations. The

equivalent noise level Leq (60 min average) measured at a distance of 10 m and 20 m from

the edge of the road at each of the locations are presented in Table 3.9. The communities

close to the project site are not exposed to major noise sources. The commercial activities

and transport apart from natural sources contribute to community noise levels.




TABLE - 3.8A

DETAILS OF AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

SR.

NO.

NAME OF

VILLAGE

BEARING W.R.T.

PROJECT SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE FROM PROJECT

SITE (KM)

1 Project-site (N1) --- ---

2 Dahej (N2) W 3.20

3 Lakhigam (N3) SW 5.80

4 Luvara (N4) SW 6.20

5 Ambetha (N5) SW 3.00

6 Jageshwar (N6) SW 4.60

7 Vadadla (N7) N 1.60

8 Jolva (N8) E 1.80

9 Kadodara (N9) NNE 4.00




FIGURE - 3.3

__________________________________________________________________________

LOCATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS




TABLE - 3.8B

___________________________________________________________________________

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS

SR.

NO.

LOCATION NOISE LEVEL IN

dB(A)

TIME

1 Project-site (N1) 50-52

41-45

Day

Night

2 Dahej (N2) 51-54

43-45

Day

Night

3 Lakhigam (N3) 51-54

42-45

Day

Night

4 Luvara (N4) 49-53

42-45

Day

Night

5 Ambetha (N5) 51-54

42-44

Day

Night

6 Jageshwar (N6) 47-53

42-44

Day

Night

7 Vadadla (N7) 50-53

42-44

Day

Night

8 Jolva (N8) 52-55

44-45

Day

Night

9 Kadodara (N9) 47-52

41-44

Day

Night

TABLE - 3.9

___________________________________________________________________________

NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN

dB(A)

TIME

1. N1(T): Near Jolva By-Pass 57-63

51-54

Day

Night

2. N2 (T): Near Kadodara By-Pass Road 56-63

50-54

Day

Night

3. N3 (T): Near Dahej SEZ 61-65

52-54

Day

Night




TABLE - 3.9 (CONTD.)

___________________________________________________________________________

INDUSTRIAL NOISE LEVELS

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A) TIME

1. Nr. Hemani Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. 69-74

64-68

Day

Night

2. Nr. Gujarat Alkalies & Chemical Ltd. 68-74

64-68

Day

Night

3. Nr. Gujarat Fluoro Chemicals Ltd. 67-74

63-68

Day

Night

4. Nr. Luna Chemical Industries (P) Ltd. 69-73

65-68

Day

Night

5. Nr. NOCIL Ltd. 68-74

63-69

Day

Night

6. Nr. Meghmani Finechem Ltd. 68-73

62-66

Day

Night

7. Nr. Welspun Corp. Ltd. 68-69

63-67

Day

Night




3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 RECONNAISSANCE

The average annual rainfall in the region is about 496 mm. The baseline water quality status

in the region is established by analyzing surface water and ground water. Water

requirement at site would be met through GIDC water supply.

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Nine nos. of ground water and two nos. of surface water samples were collected from the

study area. These samples were analyzed for physic-chemical parameters to ascertain the

baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples were

collected once, on December 1-10, 2016, during the study period and analyzed as per

standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The Indian standard

specification for drinking water IS: 10500-2012 and CPCB water use criteria are enclosed as

Annexure – 5 & 6 respectively. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations

are given in Table 3.10. And sampling locations of water quality monitoring are shown in

Figure 3.4. The Indian standard specification for drinking water is enclosed as Annexure – 5.

The physico- chemical characteristics of the different water samples are presented in the

Tables 3.11.




TABLE – 3.10

SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR MONITORING SURFACE AND GROUND WATER QUALITY

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATIONS

BEARING

W. R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE

RADIAL DISTANCE FROM

PROJECT SITE

(KM)

1 Project-site (GIDC Water) --- ---

2 Dahej (GW1) W 3.20

3 Lakhigam (GW2) SW 5.80

4 Luvara (GW3) SW 6.20

5 Ambhetha (GW4) SW 3.00

6 Jageshwar (GW5) SW 4.60

7 Vadadla (GW6) N 1.60

8 Jolva (GW7) E 1.80

9 Kadodara (GW8) NNE 4.00

10 Vadadla Pond (SW1) N 1.60

11 Kadodara Pond (SW2) NNE 4.00

GW= Ground water, SW= Surface water




FIGURE - 3.4

__________________________________________________________________________

LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS




TABLE - 3.11

WATER QUALITY- PHYSICAL PARAMETERS

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

pH TEMPERATURE

(0C)

TURBIDITY

(NTU)

T.D.S.

(mg/L)

T.S.S.

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GIDC Water) 7.49 24.9 0.3 384 8

2 Dahej (GW1) 8.09 25.1 0.1 1036 6

3 Lakhigam (GW2) 7.02 25.2 0.6 230 2

4 Luvara (GW3) 7.88 25.2 0.5 342 46

5 Ambhetha (GW4) 7.09 25.1 0.3 198 2

6 Jageshwar (GW5) 7.80 25.0 0.3 3236 26

7 Vadadla (GW6) 7.88 25.0 0.2 206 3

8 Jolva (GW7) 7.68 25.1 0.2 224 8

9 Kadodara (GW8) 7.31 25.1 0.2 372 6

10 Vadadla Pond (SW1) 7.47 25.0 0.4 480 2

11 Kadodara Pond (SW2) 7.77 25.0 0.5 1200 18 GW= Ground water, SW= Surface water


WATER QUALITY - NUTRIENTS, OXYGEN DEMAND AND ORGANIC PARAMETERS

AMMONICAL

NITROGEN

DO COD BOD327

OIL &

GREASE

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GIDC Water) <0.4 7.52 10.37 <1.0 <0.4

2 Dahej (GW1) <0.4 6.44 9.76 <1.0 <0.4

3 Lakhigam (GW2) <0.4 5.98 9.28 <1.0 <0.4

4 Luvara (GW3) <0.4 6.44 12.76 <1.0 <0.4

5 Ambhetha (GW4) <0.4 6.0 10.26 <1.0 <0.4

6 Jageshwar (GW5) <0.4 6.58 16.25 <1.0 <0.4

7 Vadadla (GW6) <0.4 6.44 19.52 <1.0 <0.4

8 Jolva (GW7) <0.4 6.38 19.28 <1.0 <0.4

9 Kadodara (GW8) <0.4 6.28 10.28 <1.0 <0.4

10 Vadadla Pond (SW1) <0.4 5.64 39.04 1.68 <0.4

11 Kadodara Pond (SW2) <0.4 6.0 48.84 5.64 <0.4 GW= Ground water, SW= Surface water





WATER QUALITY - INORGANIC PARAMETERS

T.H. =Total Hardness, C.H. =Calcium Hardness


WATER QUALITY - HEAVY METALS

Na T-Cr+3

Cu Pb Fe Zn K Ni Cd

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION (mg / L)

1 Project-site (GIDC

Water)

26.45 <0.005 BDL <0.005 BDL <0.022 1.50 BDL <0.001

2 Dahej (GW1) 417.91 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.49 <0.022 101.8 BDL <0.001

3 Lakhigam (GW2) 10.76 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.13 <0.022 1.6 BDL <0.001

4 Luvara (GW3) 11.8 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.23 <0.022 1.9 BDL <0.001

5 Ambhetha (GW4) 42.24 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.18 <0.022 19.8 BDL <0.001

6 Jageshwar (GW5) 608.6 <0.005 BDL 0.008 0.53 0.182 213.8 BDL <0.001

7 Vadadla (GW6) 14.52 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.13 <0.022 1.7 BDL <0.001

8 Jolva (GW7) 12.88 <0.005 BDL <0.005 1.17 <0.022 1.4 BDL <0.001

9 Kadodara (GW8) 58.3 <0.005 BDL <0.005 0.44 <0.022 17.2 BDL <0.001

10 Vadadla Pond

(SW1)

57.6 <0.005 BDL <0.005 3.47 <0.022 6.3 BDL <0.001

11 Kadodara Pond

(SW2)

28.51 <0.005 BDL <0.005 3.79 <0.022 10.4 BDL <0.001

BDL= Below Detectable Limit

Minimum Detection Limit:

Phenol : 0.01 mg/L Total Iron (as Fe) : 0.01 mg/L

Copper (as Cu) : 0.05 mg/L **

Zinc (as Zn) : 0.022 mg/L **

Lead (as Pb) : 0.005 mg/L Nickel (as Ni) : 0.03 mg/L *Not in our NABL Scope,

**Analysed by Sub Contractor (Not in our NABL Scope)

TOTAL

ALKALINITY

(AS CaCO3)

T.H.

(AS

CaCO3)

C.H.

(AS

CaCO3)

Cl- SO4

—2 PHENOL Mg SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GIDC

Water)

162 149.6 67.42 62.18 39.62 BDL 19.96

2 Dahej (GW1) 99 135.1 80.64 110.84 10.56 BDL 13.22

3 Lakhigam (GW2) 99 112.9 78.69 79.28 10.29 BDL 8.32

4 Luvara (GW3) 99 133 88.70 144.6 69.62 BDL 10.77

5 Ambhetha (GW4) 84.15 171.4 86.68 68.32 9.75 BDL 20.57

6 Jageshwar (GW5) 237.6 1108.8 852.8 1080.2 204.4 BDL 62.21

7 Vadadla (GW6) 113.9 133.1 76.64 89.95 147.1 BDL 13.72

8 Jolva (GW7) 118.8 153.2 100.5 106.99 12.16 BDL 12.73

9 Kadodara (GW8) 99 167.3 94.75 73.91 16.84 BDL 17.63

10 Vadadla Pond (SW1) 138.6 116.9 76.62 68.43 15.64 BDL 9.79

11 Kadodara Pond (SW2) 420.8 231.8 195.6 340 48.39 BDL 8.81




3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR SOIL MONITORING

Soil samples were collected from nine different locations during study on December 01-10,

2016 in the study area (0-20 cm depth). The locations selected for collection of soil samples

are shown in Figure 3.5 and presented in Table 3.12. The analysis results of soil samples are

given in Table 3.13.

TABLE - 3.12

SAMPLING LOCATIONS: SOIL QUALITY

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

BEARING

W.R.T. PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE

FROM PROJECT SITE

(KM)

1 Project-site (S1) --- ---

2 Dahej (S2) W 3.20

3 Lakhigam (S3) SW 5.80

4 Luvara (S4) SW 6.20

5 Ambetha (S5) SW 3.00

6 Jageshwar (S6) SW 4.60

7 Vadadla (S7) N 1.60

8 Jolva (S8) E 1.80

9 Kadodara (S9) NNE 4.00




FIGURE - 3.5

___________________________________________________________________________

LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS




TABLE - 3.13

PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

Sr.

No.

Parameter Project

Site (S1)

Dahej

(S2)

Lakhigam

(S3)

Luvara

(S4)

Ambhetha

(S5)

Jageshwar

(S6)

Vadadla

(S7)

Jolva

(S8)

Kadodara

(S9)

1. pH 7.79 7.02 7.37 7.28 7.39 7.38 7.32 7.51 7.61

2. Temperature (0C) 24.9 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2

3. Moisture (%) 12.88 12.31 10.12 11.80 12.49 11.01 10.91 11.78 10.35

4. SO4—2

(mg/kg) 129.6 8.7 252.7 232.6 668.4 148.3 2.67 592.2 77.54

5. Chloride (mg/kg) 172.5 3178 81.30 54.20 1330 172.4 172.4 1453 147.8

6. Total hardness (mg/kg) 745.9 1048.3 78.62 96.70 241.9 786.2 766 624.9 786.2

7. Organic Matter (&) 5.33 4.83 5.71 6.22 6.10 5.8 7.43 8.5 5.25

8. Bulk density (g/cm3) 1.37 1.26 1.18 1.26 1.25 1.18 1.18 1.34 1.25

9. Calcium (mg/kg) 153.5 298.9 16.96 23.43 48.4 282.8 266 210 145.4

10. WHC (%) 54.7 83.6 77.93 77.12 84.94 96.53 73.47 65 88.51

11. Porosity (%) 48.30 37.26 37.29 37.26 37.26 37.29 37.29 37.23 37.26

12. Grain Size (%)

Gravel 02 00 02 10 00 02 00 02 02

Coarse sand 03 03 12 04 04 03 06 02 03

Medium sand 06 05 34 11 06 08 11 12 13

Fine sand 07 10 09 18 03 08 06 12 12

Silt + Clay 82 82 43 57 87 79 77 72 70


PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL (HEAVY METALS)

Sr.

No.

Parameter

(mg/kg)

Project Site

(S1)

Dahej

(S2)

Lakhigam

(S3)

Luvara

(S4)

Ambhetha

(S5)

Jageshwar

(S6)

Vadadla

(S7)

Jolva

(S8)

Kadodara

(S9)

1. Na 580 694 573 768 623 438 956 584 641

2. Cu+2

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

3. Fe+3

121.4 8.7 48.5 40.9 429.5 265.9 33 9.10 38.8

4. K 402 332 869 925 556 341 822 451 485

5. Ni+2

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

6. Pb+2

1.64 2.17 0.91 2.24 2.02 1.31 BDL BDL BDL

Note:

Minimum Detectable Limit:

Nickel – 0.1 mg/kg

Copper – 0.5 mg/kg




3.5.2 SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS

3.5.2.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The soil classification map has been prepared by extracting the areas under different soil

categories from the 1:500,000 scale maps prepared by National Bureau of Soil Survey and

Land use Planning (NBSS & LUP). The maps were scanned and geo-referenced before taking

out the information for the desired area. The study area, towns and village locations have

been added for ease of spatial reference. Locations of towns and villages have been extracted

from Census of India (CoI) maps, Survey of India (SoI) topographical maps and confirmed with

satellite data.

3.5.2.2 DESCRIPTION OF SOIL CHARACTERISTICS AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT SOIL TYPES

Table 3.14 provides the soil type and area under different soils within the area of interest.

3.5.2.3 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS MAP

A map depicting the characteristics of major soil categories in the project area is presented

in Figure 3.6. The map also marks the area within 5 km with project site as a centre. Town

and village locations are also depicted to facilitate ease of reference.

TABLE 3.14

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS UNDER PROJECT AREA

CATEGORY AREA_

SQ KM DESCRIPTION TAXONOMY1 TAXONOMY2 CLASS SUB_CLASS

A 88.93

Very deep, moderately well drained,

calcareous, fine soils on very gently

sloping alluvial plain with slight

erosion and moderate salinity;

associated with very deep moderately

well drained, calcareous, fine soils

with moderate erosion.

Fine, montmorillonitic

(calcareous),

hyperthermic Typic

Chromusterts

Fine,

montmorillonitic

(calcareous)

hyperthermic Udic

Chromusters

Soils of west

coast (soils

of Gujarat

plain)

Soils of

alluvial

plains

C 108.64

Very deep, poorly drained, calcareous

fine-loamy soils on very gently sloping

coastal plain with moderate erosion

and strong salinity; associated with

very deep , imperfectly drained,

calcareous, fine soils with severe

erosion and strong salinity.

Fine-loamy, mixed

(calcareous),

hyperthermic Aeric

Halaquepts

Fine, mixed

(calcareous),

hyperthermic

Typic Halaquepts

Soils of west

coast (soils

of Gujarat

plain)

Soils of

coastal

plains

- 116.43 Sea - - - -

(Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)




FIGURE-3.6

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS MAP




3.6 GEOLOGICAL DATA

3.6.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The geological classification map has been prepared by extracting the areas under different

geological classification from the 1:2 million scale maps prepared by Geological Survey of

India (GSI) for the Dahej, Taluka Vagra, and District: Bharuch of Gujarat. The map text has

been modified in consultations with the Department of Geology, University of Delhi. The

project area, towns and village locations have been added for ease of spatial reference.

Locations of towns and villages have been extracted from CoI maps, SoI topographical maps

and confirmed with satellite data.

3.6.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT

FORMATIONS

Table 3.15 provides the major geological features and area under different formations.

3.6.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP

A map depicting the major geological features in the project area is presented in Figure 3.7.

The map also marks the area within 10 km with project site as a centre. Town and village

locations are also depicted to facilitate ease of reference.

TABLE – 3.15

DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT

FORMATIONS

AREA_SQKM INDEX AGE DESCRIPTION

197.58

Q = Undifferentiated

fluvial/ Aeolian/

coastal sediments.

Holocene in Quaternary period (1

million year to recent) Some gypsum

deposits are found in these

Quaternary sediments. High

potential for yielding significant

quantities of ground water.

Holocene in Quaternary period (1

million year to recent) Some

gypsum deposits are found in

these Quaternary sediments. High

potential for yielding significant

quantities of ground water.

116.38 Sea Area - -





FIGURE-3.7

MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES




3.7 LAND USE PATTERN

Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word land

cover indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures covering the

land surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and vegetation covers, in

the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for an

environmental impact assessment, which would help determine the impact of the project

development activity on the land use pattern.

3.7.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use / land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using IRS P6

LISS-III and procured from the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. The

satellite data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground

checks and ground truth verification. Area and distance calculations have been carried out

using GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted data with the help of Survey of India

(SoI) topographical maps of the scale 1:50,000.

A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow

land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under

inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.8. The map also marks the area within 10 km of the

project site as the area of interest. Land use and Land Cover with Towns and Village Locations

A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes along with the village locations in the area

of coverage is presented at Figure 3.9. The land use classification within a distance of ten

kilometers from the project location and the areas falling under the respective classifications

are as per the following:




Process Methodology

Procurement of Satellite

Imagery

Preparation of Base Map

using topographical maps

Data Preparation

- Radiometric correction

- Geometric correction

Preparation of Signature

Confusion Matrix

First Level Classification

Field Verification/Ground

Truth

Updated information

from field

Second Level

Classification

Accuracy Estimation Area Estimation Map Output

Pre field process

Field process

Post field process




TABLE – 3.16

AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE


Area Statistics of Landuse / Landcover Map

Sr.

No. Class Names

Area

(In Hectares)

Area

(In Sq.Km.) Area %

1 Water Body 1363.73 13.64 4.34

2 Open/Barren Land 5076.01 50.76 16.17

3 Agriculture Land 1159.56 11.60 3.69

4 Fallow Land 6291.40 62.91 20.04

5 Open/Degraded Vegetation 412.59 4.13 1.31

6 Vegetation Medium Density 397.40 3.97 1.27

7 River & Canal 23.25 0.23 0.07

8 Marshy Land 919.33 9.19 2.93

9 Salt Affected Land 128.45 1.28 0.41

10 Settlement & Habitation 324.50 3.25 1.03

11 Mud Flat 863.17 8.63 2.75

12 Jetty 32.91 0.33 0.10

13 Salt Pans 2083.03 20.83 6.63

14 Mangrove(Sparse) 117.30 1.17 0.37

15 Mangrove(Dense) 223.00 2.23 0.71

16 Marshy Vegetation 46.55 0.47 0.15

17 Industrial Area 290.32 2.90 0.92

18 Sea 11589.46 115.89 36.91

19 Seasonal Water Body 59.04 0.59 0.19

Total 31400.99 314.01 100.00




FIGURE – 3.8

LANDUSE / LANDCOVER




FIGURE – 3.9

LANDUSE / LANDCOVER WITH VILLAGE LOCATIONS




3.8 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Introduction

Bharuch (formerly commonly known as Broach) in India, is a district in the southern part of

the Gujarat peninsula on the west coast of state of Gujarat with a size and population

comparable to that of Greater Boston. The Narmada River outlets into the Gulf of Khambhat

through its lands located in the central and northern parts of the sub-continent of India. The

geographical location of the district is 21.30° to 22.00° N Latitude and 72.45° to 73.15° E

Longitude. The district has eight Talukas, Bharuch (District Headquarter), Ankleshwar, Valia,

Jhagadia, Vagra, Aamos, Hansot and Jambusar. The total area of the district is 5,253 sq km,

as per the census of 2001; the population is 1.3 million, with 261 persons per sq. km. The

district is situated at the mouth of River Narmada. The major rivers flowing through the

district are: Narmadha, Dhadhar, Kim and Kaveri.

Climate

The weather of Bharuch district is hot and dry-starting from mid-march till mid-June, mid-

during summer season weather remains hot and dry. While from mid-June till end of

September weather remains humid and can be considered pleasant. From October-

November weather is bit hot. From December to February climate remains cool

Rainfall

The average rainfall of the district is 800 mm.

Biogeography

According to Rodgers and Panwar (1988), Gujarat has parts of four biogeographic zones:

Zone 3. The Indian Desert

Province 3A - Kutch

Zone 4. The Semi-arid Zone:

Province 4B - Gujarat – Rajputana

Zone 5. The Western Ghats:

Province 5A - Malabar Coast

Province 5B - Western Ghat Mountains

Zone 10. The Coast of India:




Province 10A - West Coast

The project area falls at Zone 4: The Semi-arid zone, Province 4B – Gujarat-Rajputana.

3.8.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY

The region provides a combination of most of the geo-environmental features for the

development of favorable ecosystems. The alluvial sediments and reasonable water

resources have provided impetus towards developing human induced ecosystems of

agricultural cropping agro-forestry and horticulture. The elevation range of the region is

about 20 m showing a very gentle flat gradient of 1:800 to 1:1000. The region shows more

or less a flat topography with a series of sections cut by deeply incised channels of rivers

flowing across the region. The riverbanks are generally marked by levee deposits, creating a

ridge type banks with higher elevations than the general ground level. The flat topography is

dotted by low height sandy mounds of stabilized dunes. Formation of ravine landscape is

quite common on most of the riverbanks due to deep gully erosion. The rivers are prone to

heavy floods and land erosion.

3.8.2 FOREST

Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of

district is 1449.68 sq.m. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the

district. (Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)




3.8.3 FLORA

Some of the flora found in Bharuch area is listed below:

TABLE – 3.17

LIST OF FLORA

Sr.

No.

Scientific Name

Common Name Family

I Trees

1 Acacia aurriculifarmis Bangali Babool Mimoceae

2 A. leucopholia Aniar Mimoceae

3 A. catechu Khair Mimoceae

4 A. ferrungula Pandhara Khair Mimoceae

5 A. nilotica Babul Leguminoceae

6 A. lebbeck Siris Leguminoceae

7 A. procera Siris Leguminoceae

8 A. polycantha Garad Mimoceae

9 Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae

10 Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae

11 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae

12 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceas

13 Albizia odoratissimus Siris Leguminoceae

14 Annogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combritaceae

15 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae

16 Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae

17 Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Leguminosae

18 Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae

19 Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli) Leguminosae

20 B. squamosa Asan Leguminoceae

21 Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceas

22 Butea monospesma Palas Leguminoceae

23 Callistemon lancealatus Bottlebrush Mytraceas

24 Casuarina equisetifoier Sura Casuarineae

25 Careya arborea Kumbh Mytraceae

26 Casearia elliptica Manjo Symydaceae

27 Caesearia graveoiens Dedak manio Samidacea

28 Cassia fistula Sunari Leguminoceae

29 Cestrum noctusnum Ralkirani Solana ceae

30 Cochiospermum religiosun Ganeri Cochlospermaceds

31 Cocas nicifera Nariyal Palmeae

32 Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginacea

33 Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Leguminoceae

34 D. latifolia Sisso Leguminoceae

35 Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rata ceae

36 Ixora parviflora Kara Rubiaceae

37 I. nigricans Kukeri Rubiaceae

38 Delonix elala Gulmohar Leguminoceae

39 Diosphyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae

40 Dolichandrone falcate Mallar sing Bignoniaceae

41 Elaeodendron roxburghii Alinar Ceiastracea

42 Eucalyptus globules Safeda Eucalyptaceae

43 Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphobiaceae




44 Erithina uliginosa Pungara Leguminoceae

45 Eramphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceas

46 Ficus. Religiosa Pipal Moraceae

47 F. rumphii Pilari Moraceae

48 F. benghalensis Bara Moraceae

49 Flacourtia indica Rankdi Bixaceae

50 Garua pinnata Kakad Burseraceae

51 Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae

52 Haidwickia bipinnata Aniar Caesalpiniacea

53 Holoptelia intigrifolia Valva Uticaceae

54 Kydia calycina Bhindi Malvaceae

55 Lagerstroemia lanceolata Nano Leguminoceae

56 L. parviflora Sidha Leguminoceae

57 Michellia champaca Champa Bignoneaceae

58 Lannea caromadalica Modad Anacardiaceae

59 Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae

60 Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae

61 Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonacea

62 Milligntonia hortensis Indian Coral Tree Bignoniaceae

63 Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Rubiaceae

64 Michelia Champaca Champa Magnoliaceae

65 Moringa oliefera Shevga Moringaceae

66 Musa paradisiacea Kela Musaceae

67 Oroxyium indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae

68 Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Palminae

69 Prosopis juliflora Babul Mimoceae

70 P. cinerarea Babul Mimoceae

71 Pithecelobium ducle Chisbalai Leguminoceae

72 Pongamia pinnata Karanja Leguminoceae

73 Pisidium guajava Guava Mutraceae

74 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Leguminoceae

75 Punica grantalum Anar Pomegrannatae

76 Sapindus emerginatus Aritha Sapindaceae

77 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

78 Poleathia langifolia Ashok Apoctnaceae

79 Saraca indica Ashok Apoctnaceae

80 Thevetia neirifolia Pilakanton Apoctnaceae

81 Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae

82 Syzygium cuminii Jamun Myrtaceae

83 Terminalia crenulata Sadad Leguminoceae

84 T. bellirica Behada Combretaceae

85 T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

86 T. caltapa Jangli badam Combretaceae

87 Tamarindus indica Tentuli Leguminoceae

88 Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bisgnonia ceae

89 Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae

90 Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae

91 Wrightia tinctoria Kudo Apocynacea

92 Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae

93 Z. mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae

Shrubs

1 ARGEMONE MEXICANA Darudi Papaveraceae

2 CARANTHUS RESUS Sudufuli Apocyanaceae




3 C. CALATROPIS Mundar Asclepiadaceae

4 CALATOPIS GIGANTEAN Rui Asclepiadaceae

5 CARRISSA CARANDAS Karvand Apocyaninnae

6 CLERODENDRUM MULTYFOLIUM Multaiforum Verbenaeae

7 GYMNOSPORIA SPINOSA Spinosa Rekii Leguminoceae

8 LANTANA CAMERA Ghaneri Verbanaceae

9 OPUNTIA DILLENII Nivdang Cactacealea

10 EUPHORBIA NERIFOLIA Wavding Celastraceae

11 OCIUM GRATISSIUM Rantulro Labiateae

12 HELICTERIES ISORA Atai Sterculiaceae

13 FICUS HISPIDA Tet umaro Moraceae

14 DATURA FASTUASA Dhotara Solanaceae

15 VITEX NEGUNDO Nirgudi Verbaceae

16 CASSIA TORA Tarota Leguminoceae

17 ZIZYPHUS NUMMULARIA Beri Rhannaceae

18 EUPHORBIA TIRUCOLLI Thor Euphorbiaceae

Bamboos

1 DENDROCALAMUS STRICTUS Manvel Grammineae

2 ABRUS PRECATORIUS Gunj Leguminoceae

3 CAPPARIS SEPIRARIA Lamtjar Cappariaceae

4 COCCULUS HIRRUTUS Asanwel Menispermaceae

5 COMBRETUM OVALIFOLIUM Jal Combratae

6 CAYRATIA CARNOSA Khatumbo Vitaceae

Grasses

1 ANDROPOGON PUMILUS Kusal Gramineae

2 CENCHRUS SETGERUS Dhramnu Gramineae

3 CYNODON DACTYLON Durva Gramineae

4 CYMBOPOGEN MARINIL Rosha Gramineae

5 HETEROPOGON CONTORTUS Gawat Gramineae

6 SORGHUM HALEPENSE Baru Gramineae

7 THEMEDA TRIANDRA Bhathdu Gramineae

Crops

1 RICINUS COMMUNIS Arand Euphorbiaceae

2 SACCHARUM OFFICINARUM Ganna Gramineae

3 SORGHUM VULGAE Jowar Gramineae

4 ZEA MAYS Makea Gramineae

5 ARACHIS HYPOGAEA Ground nut Logumin

6 ORYZA SATIVA Chawar Gramineae

Macrophytes

1 EICHHORNIA CRASSIPES Jalkumbhi Pontederiace

2 IPOMEA AQUALICA Kalmisay Volvulaceae

3 TRAPA LATIFOLIA Water chestnual Volvulaceae

4 NELUMBO NUCIFERA Lotus Nymphaceae

5 AZOLLA PINNATA Common duckweed Lemnaceae

Source: Vegetation survey and data from State Forest Dept. Bharuch Gujarat




3.8.4 FAUNA

TABLE – 3.18

LIST OF FAUNA

Sr.

No.

Scientific Name Common Name Family

1 Acridothers tristis Common myna Sturnidae

2 A. ginginianus Bank myna Sturnidae

3 Athene brama Spotted owlet Striginae

4 Aegithina tiphia Common Lora Lrenidae

5 Ardeola grayee Pond Heron Ardeidae

6 Amaurornis phoenicurus Whitebrested Waterhen Phasinidae

7 Babulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae

8 Centropus cinensis Crow-phesant Cuculidae

9 Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Columidae

10 Corvus splendens House Crow Carvidae

11 Coracious benghalensis Indian Roller Coracidae

12 Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo Dieruridae

13 Dinophum benghalense Goldenbacked Woodpecker Picidae

14 Eudynamys scolopacea Koel Cuculidae

15 Fracolinus francollinus Black partiridge Pharianidae

16 Halcyon rustica Whitebrested Kingfisher Aicenidae

17 Hirundo rustica Common swallow Hirundinidae

18 Lanius exubitor Grey Shrike Daniidae

19 Launchura malabarica Whitethroated munia Estrildinae

20 Megalaima rubricapilla Smallgreen barbet Capilonidae

21 M. malabarica Crimsonbrestwd Barbet Capilonidae

22 Merops orientalis Littlegreen Bea-eater Miropidae

23 Milvus migrans Patih Kite Accipitridae

24 Motacilla maderatensis Large pied wagtail Motacillidae

25 Nactarinia asiatica Purplerumpled sunbird Nectarinidae

26 Nectarinia minima Small sunbird Nectarinidae

27 Oriolus oriolus Golden Oriole Oriolidae

28 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Pachycephaline

29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passerinae

30 Psittacula cyanocephala Blossamheaded parakeet Psittacidae

31 Pycnonotus caffer Redvented bulbul Pycnonotidae

32 Ploceus philipinensis Weaver bird Plocidae

33 Sexicoloides fulicate Indian Robin Corvidae

34 Sopsychus saularis Magpie Robin Corvidae

35 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae

36 S. senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae

37 Sternus pagodramus Brahiminy myna Sternidae

38 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler Muscicapidae

39 Upupa epops Hoopoe Upupidae

40 Vanellus indicus Redwattled Lapwing Jacanidae

41 Metopidius indicus Brongewinged jacana Jacanidae

42 Ardea alba Large egrd Ardeidae

43 A. cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae

44 Falica atra Coot Rallidae

45 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae

46 MUNTIACUS MUNTJAK Barking deer Bovidae




47 FALIS CHAUS Jungle cat Falidae

48 MYAENA HYAENA The striped hyana Canidae

49 PRESBYTIS ENTELLUS Hanuman langur colobinae

Source: Survey of Avifauna under the study area.

3.9 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study.

Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The

baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed

expansion is operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography,

civic amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is

compiled in forthcoming sections.

3.9.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN

3.9.1.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use/land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using the IRS-P

6 LISS-III, procured from the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. The

satellite data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground

checks and ground truth verification wherever required. Area and distance calculations have

been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted data with the help

of SoI topographical maps of 1:50,000 scale.

3.9.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

Table 4.4 provides the data on inhabitations falling within 500m, between 500m and 3 km,

between 3 km and 7 km and between 7 km and 10 km distance from the project site.

On an average, Taluka: Vagra has population density of about 94 persons per sq. km. (2001

Census data), 114 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data), compared to the Bharuch District,

which has a population density of about 210 persons per sq. km. (2001 Census data), 238

persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data). Population density within 10 km radius of the site is

only 103 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data), while population density within 5 km

radius of site is 324 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data). The population details (i.e.

population distribution and population density) of the Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch and




the study area within 10 km radius and 5 km radius are given in Table 3.20. And their

graphical representations are shown in Figure 3.10.

TABLE – 3.19

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.

No.

Village

Name

CD Block

Name

No. of

Household

Total

Population

Total

Male

Total

Female

Population

<06 years

Male<06

years

Female<06

years

1 Ambhetha Vagra 347 1552 807 745 167 89 78

2 Dahej Vagra 3426 13495 8345 5150 1604 840 764

3 Galenda Vagra 120 611 314 297 70 46 24

4 Jageshwar Vagra 383 1571 818 753 155 80 75

5 Jolva Vagra 338 1442 807 635 210 105 105

6 Kadodara Vagra 420 1995 1018 977 233 113 120

7 Lakhigam Vagra 1217 4938 3144 1794 566 296 270

8 Luvara Vagra 385 1663 873 790 202 112 90

9 Rahiyad Vagra 355 1694 862 832 252 132 120

10 Suva Vagra 413 1920 973 947 238 126 112

11 Vadadla Vagra 201 822 419 403 105 54 51

12 Vav Vagra 155 727 378 349 75 44 31

TABLE – 3.19 (CONTD.)

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.

No. Village Name CD Block name

Population

Schedule

caste

Male

Schedule

caste

Female

Schedule

caste

Population

Schedule

tribe

Male

Schedule

tribe

Female

Schedule

tribe

1 Ambhetha Vagra 67 37 30 261 137 124

2 Dahej Vagra 542 279 263 2090 1097 993

3 Galenda Vagra 05 03 02 91 47 44

4 Jageshwar Vagra 18 08 10 146 73 73

5 Jolva Vagra 239 137 102 199 98 101

6 Kadodara Vagra 48 23 25 511 258 253

7 Lakhigam Vagra 87 52 35 584 308 276

8 Luvara Vagra 109 56 53 963 488 475

9 Rahiyad Vagra 105 51 54 104 51 53

10 Suva Vagra 63 28 35 354 193 161

11 Vadadla Vagra 76 37 39 341 166 175

12 Vav Vagra 28 15 13 163 90 73




TABLE – 3.20 ___________________________________________________________________________

POPULATION DENSITY

Name Population

(Persons)

Population Density

(Person / sq. km.)

Sex ratio

(No. of females per

1000 males)

Within 5 km Radius (2011) 25483 324 675

Within 10 km Radius (2011) 32430 103 728

Taluka Vagra (2001) 82569 94 916

Taluka Vagra (2011) 100044 114 870

District Bharuch (2001) 1370104 210 920

District Bharuch (2011) 1551019 238 925

(Courtesy: Census Dept., GOI)




FIGURE-3.10

POPULATION DENSITY




3.9.1.3 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy rate in District Bharuch, Taluka Vagra and within 10 km

radius and 5 km radius of project site are given in Table 3.21 while their graphical

representation is shown in Figure 3.11. It is observed that the literacy rate in Bharuch

District as per 2001 Census data is 72.09 as percentage of literate population to the total

population, with 83.43 % among male and 65.42% among female. Literacy rate in Bharuch

District, as per 2011 Census data is 72.09 %, with 77.32 % among male and 66.44% among

female. Literacy rate in Taluka Vagra as per 2001 Census data is 73.41 % with 84.24 %

among males and 61.48 % among females. Literacy rate in District Bharuch as per 2011

Census data is 70.47 % with 77.56 % among males and 62.32 % among females.

Within 10 km radius of the study area, the literacy rate is observed 75.83 % having 81.55 %

among males and 67.35 % among females, whereas literacy rate within 5 km radius of study

area is 75.44 % having 81.28 % among males and 67.42 % among females.

TABLE 3.21

LITERACY RATE

Name Male Literacy

(%)

Female Literacy

(%)

Total Literacy

(%)

Within 5 km Radius 81.55 67.35 75.83

Within 10 km Radius 81.28 67.42 75.44

Taluka Vagra (2001) 84.24 61.48 73.41

Taluka Vagra (2011) 77.56 62.32 70.47

District Bharuch (2001) 83.43 65.42 74.79

District Bharuch (2011) 77.32 66.44 72.09





TABLE 3.21 (CONTD.) ___________________________________________________________________________

LITERACY RATE

Sr.

No. Village Name CD Block name

Population

Literate

Male

Literate

Female

Literate

Population

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

Illiterate

1 Ambetha Vagra 1214 677 537 338 130 208

2 Dahej Vagra 9970 6704 3266 3525 1641 1884

3 Galenda Vagra 462 243 219 149 71 78

4 Jageshwar Vagra 1300 683 617 271 135 136

5 Jolva Vagra 1075 661 414 367 146 221

6 Kadodara Vagra 1369 801 568 626 217 409

7 Lakhigam Vagra 3966 2679 1287 972 465 507

8 Luvara Vagra 1197 672 525 466 201 265

9 Rahiyad Vagra 1310 690 620 384 172 212

10 Suva Vagra 1427 783 644 493 190 303

11 Vadadla Vagra 602 331 271 220 88 132

12 Vav Vagra 575 324 251 152 54 98




FIGURE-3.11

LITERACY DATA




3.9.2 VEGETATION COVER AND FOREST BOUNDARIES

3.9.2.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The vegetation cover for the area of interest has been prepared by extracting the areas under

fou-ID LISS III data for the past two years for the State of Gujarat. There is no Reserved

Forests and Protected Forests within the 25 km radius area from project site. The project site

and area of interest have been added for ease of spatial reference.

The vegetation classification criterion used for this study area is given as follows:

The forest cover is classified based on Forest Survey of India into Dense (> 40% crown density

r different vegetation classification provided by the Forest Survey of India (FSI) based on IRS),

open (between 10 to 40 % crown density) and Scrubs (shrubby bush of less than 10 % crown

density). The vegetation classification criterion used for this study area is given as follows:

Dense Vegetation is the lands with forest cover with canopy density of equal or more than

40 percent.

Medium Vegetation is the land with forest cover with canopy density of 10 to 40 percent.

Open Vegetation is the land with forest cover with canopy density less than 10 percent.

Scrubs are the lands generally in and around forest areas, having bushes and/or poor tree

growth chiefly of small or stunted trees with a canopy density less than 10 percent.

.




3.9.2.2 AREA UNDER DIFFERENT VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION

3.9.2.3 MAP OF VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION AND FOREST BOUNDARIES

A digital map comprising layers of vegetation classification, forest boundaries and town and

village locations to facilitate reference is attached as Figure – 3.12.

Area Statistics Forest Map

Sr.No. Class Names Area (In Hectares) Area (In Sq.Km.) Area %

1 Water Body 3054.94 30.55 1.56

2 Non Vegetation Area 86509.19 865.09 44.13

3 Mangrove(Sparse) 1095.81 10.96 0.56

4 Mangrove(Dense) 1468.63 14.69 0.75

5 Open/Degraded Vegetation 1284.38 12.84 0.66

6 Vegetation Medium Density 648.63 6.49 0.33

7 Plantation/Orchards 169.31 1.69 0.09

8 Marshy Vegetation 3495.94 34.96 1.78

9 River & Canal 4143.19 41.43 2.11

10 Sea 93914.75 939.15 47.91

11 River Bed 157.50 1.58 0.08

12 Seasonal Water Body 99.31 0.99 0.05

Total 196041.56 1960.42 100.00




FIGURE – 3.12

VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION AND FOREST BOUNDARIES




3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources,

business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.22 provides the

occupational patterns in all villages falling within the area of interest.

TABLE 3.22

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

Sr.

No.

Village

Name

CD

Block

name

Total

Work

Population

Main

worker

Population

Main

Cultivator

Population

Main

Agriculture

Population

Main

Household

Population

Main

Other

Population

Marginal

Worker

Population

Non

Worker

Population

1 Ambetha Vagra 482 234 06 00 53 175 248 1070

2 Dahej Vagra 5163 4476 113 14 12 4337 687 8332

3 Galenda Vagra 177 142 69 31 00 42 35 434

4 Jageshwar Vagra 479 465 03 05 00 457 14 1092

5 Jolva Vagra 569 489 48 60 02 379 80 873

6 Kadodara Vagra 887 579 225 107 06 241 308 1108

7 Lakhigam Vagra 2309 2177 49 22 13 2093 132 2629

8 Luvara Vagra 655 637 10 26 01 600 18 1008

9 Rahiyad Vagra 519 391 125 22 10 234 128 1175

10 Suva Vagra 523 303 38 10 01 254 220 1397

11 Vadadla Vagra 337 303 27 76 02 198 34 485

12 Vav Vagra 257 238 126 23 00 89 19 470

3.9.4 AMENITIES

Infrastructure resource base of the surveyed villages with reference to education, medical,

water resources, post and telegraph, communication, power supply is presented in Table

4.8.There are 16 villages within study area of 10 km radius of plant site. Significant

observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows.

All of the villages have primary schools, 3 villages have both primary and secondary

education schools. 14 villages have adult education facility. 4 villages have other education

institution. 13 villages in the impact zone have community health workers,3 villages have

primary health sub centre, 12 villages have registered private practitioners while 3 villages

have family planning center, 1 village have primary health center. In the study area drinking

water facilities are good as well water is available almost in all the villages, 4 villages have




tap water, 1 village have hand pumps, 1 villages have river water. Tank water is available in

15 villages.

Post office facility is available in 9 villages while 1 village has post and telegraph facility.

Telephone facility is available in 1 village. Almost all villages are well connected through a

network of Pucca road and Kachcha approach road. Bus is the main mode of transportation

and is available in all villages. All the villages get electricity for all purpose i.e. domestic,

agriculture and industrial.

TABLE 3.23

___________________________________________________________________________

DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA


Taluka Village Educational Medical Drinking

Water

Post &

Telegrap

h

Communicati

on

Approac

h

to

Village

Nearest

Town

Power

Supply

Galenda P(2),Ac,O RP,CHW T,W,TK PO BS PR,KR Bharuch EA

Samatpor P(2),Ac RP,CHW W,TK -(-5 Kms) BS PR,KR Bharuch EA

Vav P(2),Ac RP,CHW T,W,TK,HP -(-5 Kms) BS,RS PR,KR Bharuch EA

Jolva P(2),Ac,O PHS,FPC,RP,CHW W,TK -(-5 Kms) BS,NW PR,KR Bharuch EA

Vadadla P(2),Ac CHW W,TK PO BS PR,KR Bharuch EA

Dahej

P(4),H,Ac(4),

O

PHC,D,FPC,RP,

CHW

T,W,TK PTO,

Phone

BS,RS,NW PR,KR Bharuch EA

Lakhigam P(2) PHS,RP,CHW W,TK po BS,NW PR,KR Bharuch EA

Luvara P(2),Ac RP,CHW W,TK -(-5 Kms) BS,NW PR,KR,NR Bharuch EA

Jageshwar P(2),Ac,H RP,CHW W,TK PO BS,NW PR,KR,NR Bharuch EA

Ambheta P(2),Ac CHW T,W,TK PO BS,NW KR,NR Bharuch EA

Suva P(2),Ac -(5-10 Kms) W,TK,R -(-5 Kms) BS,NW PR,KR,NR Bharuch EA

Rahiad P(2),Ac(2),O RP,CHW W,TK PO BS,NW PR,KR.NR Bharuch EA

Harinagar Un inhabited

Padariya P(2),Ac RP,CHW W,TK PO BS PR,KR Amod EA

Kadodara P(2),Ac(2),H PHS,FPC, RP,CHW W,TK PO BS PR,KR Bharuch EA

Vagra

Sambheti P(2),Ac -(10+Kms) W,TK PO BS,RS PR,KR Bharuch EA




ABBREVIATIONS

1. Education

P-Primary Elementary School

H-Matriculation or Secondary

O-Other Educational Institution

PUC-Higher Secondary/Intermediate/pre-University/junior Collage

Ac- Adult Literacy Class

Tr-Training School

2. Medical Facilities

RP-Registered Private Practitioner

PHS-Primary Health Sub-Centre

FPC-Family Planning Centre

PHC-Primary Health Centre

D- Dispensary

CHW - Community Health Worker/Health Worker

H - Hospital

NH - Nursing Home

MH - Maternity Home

PHC - Public Health Centre

CWC - Child Welfare Centre

TB - T.B Clinic

O – Others

3. Drinking Water

T-Tap Water

HP-Hand Pump

TK-Tank Water

W-Well Water

R-River Water

C-Canal

N - Nallah

S – Spring

TW- Tube well Water

4. Post & Telegraph

PO-Post Office

PTO-Post & Telegraph

Phone-Telephone Communication




5. Communication

BS-Bus Station

NW-Navigable Waterway

6. Approaches to Village

PR-Pucca Road

KR-Kuchcha Road

7. Power Supply

EA-Electricity for all purposes

EAG - Electricity for Agriculture

ED - Electricity for domestic

EO - Electricity for other purpose like Industrial, Commercial etc.




3.9.5 GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY

Introduction

The district is mainly grounded with alluvial rock formation. The tube well has been

constructed significantly in the depth of 65 to 230m. The state ground water Level ranges

from 2 to 35m bgl (below ground level). The tube well discharge ranges from 325 to 3400

litters per minute for duration ranges of 3 to 14 meters.

District: Bharuch

GROUND WATER MAP




Geology: Geologically the major part of the state is covered by hard rock comprising of

gneisses, schists, phyllites, sand stone and basalt. Remaining area in the north and central is

occupied by the soft rock including coastal alluvium. District Bharuch is mainly occupied by

the soft rocks like alluvium, tertiary in the north but as we move to the south the district is

covered with hard rocks and few hilly areas.

Hydrology: Hydrologically the areas have soft rock aquifers with dug wells at the depth of 10

to 25m, and tube wells at the depth of 50 to 100m. The level of ground water productivity of

this type of rocks are mapped by violet colour, the difference in the discharge is shown

through the difference in the intensity of the colour (light colour discharge-ipm) 200 to 300

in dug wells and 400 to 60 ipm in the tube well, and dark shade shows the discharge to 200

to 300 ipm in dug wells and 600 to 1200 ipm in tube wells.

The hard rock aquifers dug well are found at the depth of 10 to 25m and bore well at the

depth of 100 to 200m. The areas with extensive hard rock aquifers where pores space of

rocks have secondary permeability are called ‘fractured permeability’. The intensity can be

measured through the darkness in the colour, that is green which is used to map the hard

rock aquifers, the discharge varies from 60 to 150 ipm in dug wells areas, 100 to 300 ipm in

bore wells.

Groundwater Utilization (Critical Blocks)

Based on state of groundwater development, the various blocks/talukas in a district are

categorised as over-exploited, critical, semi critical & safe categories. In case, where annual

groundwater withdrawals are more than 100% of the annual recharge availability, it is

categorised as over-exploited, meaning that all the annually replenishable groundwater is

already being used up. In cases of talukas, where the annual withdrawals are in the ranges

of 90% to 100%, in relative to the annual available groundwater recharge, they are

categorised as critical blocks. The talukas/blocks, in which the range is 70 % to 90%, are

categorised as semi critical. The safe category of talukas/blocks has stage of groundwater

development below 70% in relative to annual recharge availability.

Accordingly the various talukas in the district, coming under the project area are categorised

as follows:




Groundwater Resource Availability, Utilization in Bharuch:

1 Annual Rainfall: There are two main types

For Monsoon season

a recharge from rainfall 20380 mm

b recharge from other resource 1994 mm

For non-monsoon season

a recharge from rainfall 0

b recharge from other resource 5504 mm

2 Total recharge: in Bharuch district the total recharge is 27878 mm

3 Net Annual Ground water Availability: 26484 mm

4 Annual ground water Draft: there are two types

a Irrigation 13349 mm

b domestic and industrial uses 1835 mm

c total annual ground water draft 15184 mm

5 Projected demand for Domestic and industrial uses up to 2025: 2729 mm

6 Stage of Ground water development in percentage: 57%

Decadal Water Level Data of Bharuch District of Gujarat:

District Location Decadal Mean Water

Level (1993-2002)

DTW

Nov-03

Decadal

Fluctuation

Bharuch Amayar 3.234 2.71 0.524

Arethi 6.126 4.18 1.946

Bhadkdra 6.128 6.25 -0.122

Bharuch 6.664 6.87 -0.206

Bhensli 4.985 3.35 1.635

Chikada 2.734 3.17 -0.432

Dahegam 9.709 6.88 2.829

Dediapada 5.888 4.6 1.288

Garudeshwar 11.478 7.1 4.378

Hirapura 4.86 8.1 -3.24

Llav 3.836 2.26 1.576

District Semi- critical Critical Over- exploited

Bharuch Amod - -

Jhagadia - -

- -

- -

- -




Jambusar 5.289 8.64 -3.351

Jambusar 8.048 2.35 5.698

Jesajpur 7.992 6.03 1.962

Jetpur 3.04 3.6 -0.56

Juna Borbhata 6.325 5.55 0.775

Kanbi Pitha 2.121 1.04 1.081

Kaswa 7.237 3.97 3.267

Kavachiya 4.253 3.36 0.893

Kavi 11.505 11.57 -0.065

Khota Amba 1.042 2.12 -1.078

Luhara 6.192 4.66 1.532

Mahegam 8.791 6.75 2.041

Modoliya 5.894 3.93 1.964

Mokhdi 5.889 6.2 -0.311

Motwan 2.074 2.47 -0.396

Nani Singlot 7.271 7.75 -0.479

Navetha 8.96 7.75 1.21

Nirnavi 7.454 8.5 -1.046

Panoli 3.087 1.85 1.237

Rasela 11.548 10.4 1.148

Raymal 3.843 1.45 2.393

Ringani 3.026 2.42 0.606

Roja Tankaria 10.439 12.05 -1.611

Sajod 3.536 1.2 2.336

Sarod 15.561 16.3 -0.739

Selemba 6.507 7.27 -0.763

Simodra 5.599 3.88 1.719

Tankari 2.852 2.18 0.672

Utraj 3.054 4.27 -1.216

3.9.6 DRAINAGE PATTERN

METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The drainage pattern has been captured from the satellite images and updated with the

help of various secondary data sources available. The study area of 10 km radius around the

Project Site is in the West and East of the Dahej Reserve Forest as well as that of Luvara

Reserve Forest which is in the South-West direction, within Taluka Vagra of District Bharuch

in Gujarat. The area is well drained by River Narmada, flowing in south direction of the study

area.




3.9.7 DIGITAL TERRAIN MODEL

Digital Terrain Model is defined as three dimensional model of earth’s surface, provided in a

digital form. This gives a quantitative model of landform. Often the terms of DTM are used for

model for containing discrete data on elevation. It is a computer simulation model to show

relief, based on three dimensional data. The DTM for the study area, within a 10 km buffer

around the project site, is extracted using Survey of India topographical sheet of 1:50,000

scale by capturing contours and spot heights.




FIGURE – 3.13

GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY




FIGURE – 3.14

DRAINAGE PATTERN




FIGURE – 3.15

DIGITAL TERRAIN MODEL



____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 4 - 1

CHAPTER - 4

___________________________________________________________________________

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the flue gas / process emission,

hazardous waste and noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis

as well as measures taken to control them are discussed herein with details. The network

method was adopted to identify potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-

condition-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameters. This

method involves the "road map" type of approach to the identification of second and third

order effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify the type of

impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary

impacts.

Identified potential impacts for the various components of the environment, i.e. air, noise,

water, land and socio-economic, are presented in Figure 4.1. It should be noted that in these

Illustrations the lines are to be read as "might have an effect on".




FIGURE – 4.1

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operation

Phase Phase

Release of Air Release of

Pollutants Heat

Primary Change in Impact on Particulates Climatic

Impacts Air Quality Visibility Deposition on Changes

Water, Land

Aesthetic Impact on Impact on

Impact Agricultural Flora & Fauna

Produce

Secondary Impact on Human

Impacts Health

Tertiary Impact on Impact on

Impacts Economic Output Socio - Cultural

Environment




FIGURE – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Noise Emission

Primary

Impacts Change in

Ambient

Noise Level

Secondary Health Risks Impact on Work Migration of Birds,

Impacts Output and Reptiles & Population

Efficiency


Impacts Economic Socio-cultural

Output Environment





IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Construction Phase Operational Phase

Activity Change in Surface Releases of

Morphology Wastewater

Impact on Runoff/

Seepage

Primary Impact on Impact on Environmental

Impacts Hydraulics of Water Quality Health and

Water Courses Aesthetic Risk

Secondary Impact on Impact on Cost of Water Impact on

Impacts Hydraulic of Aquatic Life Treatment Amenity /

Water Cources Recreation

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural

Impacts Environment





IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Cnstruction Operational

Phase Phase

Activity Distrubance Release of

of Soil Waste-water

on Land

Primary Change in Groundwater Change in Structure Addition / Removal

Impacts Regime : Soil Moisture / of Soil : Ground of Substances or

water Level / Flow Level Heat to / form

Pattern / Salt Water the Soil

Instruction

Secondary Impact on Soil Biota Impact on Flora Impact on

Impacts and Fauna Landscape

Impact on Agriclutural Impact on Livestock

Production


Impacts Economic Socio - Cultural

Out Put Environment





IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Primary Disturbance Disposal of

Impacts of land Wastewater

& Sludge on Land

Change in soil Change in Ground Toxic Substances

Texture & Permeability Water Regime / Salt on Land, Particulate

Water Intrusion Deposition on Land

Secondary Impact on Soil Salinity Impact on

Impacts Landscape Flora & Fauna


Impacts Agricultural Produce Live Stock

Impact on Impact on Socio-

Economic Output Cultural Environment





IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC & CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Operational Phase Construction Phase

Primary Economic Input Economic Output Demand for Wark Force

Impacts Capital/C&M Cost Product Cost

Net Income

Output

Secondary Change in Development Better Air, Water Empolyment Demand for Demand for Aesthetic

Impacts Economic Base of Ancillary Product Land, Noise Opportunity Communication Infrastructural Risk

of The Region Industries Avaliability Pollution Facilities Facilities

Saving of Foreign

Exchange Effect On Effect On Effect On Effect on

Human Health Agriculture & Visual Buildings

Fisheries Environment Materials

Mounments

Tertiary Effect On Water Supply, Effect On Educational Effect On Human, Nature &

Impacts Sewerage & Soild Waste Medical, Transport Recreational Facilities

Management Facilities Facilities




4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or

socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under

study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach

for prediction and assessing these impacts. Scientific techniques and methodologies based

on mathematical modeling are available for studying impacts of various project activities on

environmental parameters.

The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each

parameters identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated

impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1,

2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each

parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:

1) Project activities likely to generate impact

2) Quantification and prediction of impact

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation is given in Table 2.2. Details of ETP are

discussed in Topic 2.4.3.1 of Chapter 2. Hence, overall there won’t be any significant adverse

impact due to proposed activity on the water environment. With the above, it can be said

that there will be no significant adverse impact on surface and ground water or soil quality.

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.

A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at

any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)

dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its

interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of




continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present

study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).

The proposed air emissions at M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries are SPM, SO2, NOx, HCl & CO.

The site specific and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISC-

AERMOD View” by Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air

environment are given in Table 4.1. The site-specific hourly meteorological data measured

at site is given in Table 3.5. In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modeling using

ISCST3 and ISC-PRIME short-term air quality dispersion models, the site specific hourly

meteorological data measured at site is pre-processed using the U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and

U.S. EPA AERMET programs. Before starting air dispersion modeling with ISC-AERMOD View,

a building downwash analysis using BPIP View was done. BPIP View is a graphical user

interface designed to speed up the work involved in setting up input data for the U.S. EPA

Building Profile Input Program (BPIP) and Building Profile Input Program – Plume Rise Model

Enhancements (BPIP-PRIME).

The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a

local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate

vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level

concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the

source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that

concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration

for different parameters is given in Table 4.2. Isopleths for SPM, SO2, NOx, HCl, CO are given

in Figure 4.2. Adequate measures shall be taken to minimize air pollution by providing air

pollution control equipment. Flue gases are discharged from stacks at adequate height (as

per CPCB norms).




TABLE – 4.1

DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS

(* Permissible Limits)

STACK & VENTS ATTACHED TO:

1. Thermic Fluid Heater (20 Lakh KCal/Hr)

2. Thermic Fluid Heater (20 Lakh KCal/Hr)

3. DG Set

4. Furnace

5. Furnace

6. Incinerator

SOURCE OF EMISSION SR.

NO.

OPERATING

PARAMETER

UNIT

1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Stack height Meter 30 30 11 30 30 30

2. Diameter Meter 0.7 0.7 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.6

3. Flue Gas

Temperature

0K 438 438 515 452 452 453

4. Air Pollution

Control

Equipment

- Air Pre heater

Multi cyclone

Bag filter

- Air Pre heater

Heat recovery unit

Caustic Scrubber

Ventury

scrubber

Packed bed

scrubber

Drop back

scrubber

5. Flue Gas Velocity m/s 6.66 6.66 6.78 6.5 6.5 2.95

6. Emission

concentration

SPM

SO2

NOx

HCl

CO

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

150*

262*

94*

---

---

150*

262*

94*

---

---

150*

262*

94*

---

---

150*

262*

94*

---

---

150*

262*

94*

---

---

150*

262*

94*

50*

50*




FIGURE - 4.2

ISOPLETHS FOR PM




FIGURE - 4.2 (CONTD.)

ISOPLETHS FOR SO2





ISOPLETHS FOR NOx





ISOPLETHS FOR HCl





ISOPLETHS FOR CO




TABLE -4.2

SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & CO

As manufacturing activities have not yet started, the predictions were made using CPCB

permissible limit as these concentrations will in no case be exceeded. Ground level

concentrations calculated for proposed activities are superimposed on existing ambient air

quality monitoring results and combined values (Table 4.4) are found within permissible

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

CONCENTRATION (µg/m3) SR.

NO

LOCATIONS CO-ORDINATES

(X, Y) PM NOx SO2 HCl CO

1. Project-site (A1) (0,0) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2. Dahej (A2) (-4429, 571) 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.00 0.00

3. Lakhigam (A3) (-8286, -1286) 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00

4. Luvara (A4) (-8286, -3000) 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00

5. Ambetha (A5) (-4000, -1429) 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.00 0.00

6. Jageshwar (A6) (-5857, -2857) 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.00 0.00

7. Vadadla (A7) (286, 2286) 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.00

8. Jolva (A8) (2286, 1000) 0.13 0.08 0.23 0.00 0.00

9. Kadodara (A9) (1429, 5571) 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION (µg/m3) SR.

NO.

X, Y

CO-ORDINATES PM NOx SO2 HCl CO

1. (-1000, -2000) 0.657 - - - -

2. (-1000, -2000) - 0.0412 - - -

3. (-1000, -2000) - - 1.15 - -

4. (-1000, -2000) - - - 0.024 -

5. (-1000, -2000) - - - - 0.024




TABLE 4.3

___________________________________________________________________________

PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR PM, SO2, NOx Unit: µg/m3

SPM SO2 NOx HCl CO (mg/m3) SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION AVERAGE

1. Project-site (A1) 121.60 17.64 19.48 BDL 1.27

2. Dahej (A2) 113.83 17.34 18.38 BDL 1.28

3. Lakhigam (A3) 116.01 16.08 17.70 BDL 1.21

4. Luvara (A4) 114.61 13.50 15.40 BDL 1.28

5. Ambetha (A5) 116.73 12.46 14.10 BDL 1.26

6. Jageshwar (A6) 119.63 16.62 18.50 BDL 1.21

7. Vadadla (A7) 112.92 12.00 14.07 BDL 1.24

8. Jolva (A8) 115.03 15.16 16.94 BDL 1.20

9. Kadodara (A9) 115.41 15.27 16.91 BDL 1.23

BDL – Below Detectable Limit

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level around the plant site was measured. These values (Table-3.8B & 9) represent

status of Noise levels. Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air

inlet/outlet, anti vibration pad for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and earplugs to

the operators, etc. are provided. Housing / casing is provided for all noise generating

machines. The noise level within plant will be less than 75 dB(A).

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS

Hazardous wastes generation is given in Table 2.3.

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

The plant is located in a well-developed industrial area, which has all essential facilities such

as water, power, fuel, post, telecommunication, bank, etc. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries

shall get water from GIDC water supply. Estimated power requirement is 1200 KW. Power




will be taken from Torrent Power. Stand by DG set, 1 no. (1200 KVA each) will be used as

emergency power back up. The transportation of raw materials and finished products shall

be by road. As stated earlier, the site is near to National Highway no. 8. As a result of

proposed expansion project there will be a marginal increase in transportation activity as

compared to present total traffic upto plant premises. As a result of development of

industrial estate, the neighboring areas have developed for commercial use. The

infrastructure services e.g. roads, state transport, post and telegraph, communication,

education and medical facilities, housing, etc. have improved in the surrounding areas in

recent years.

4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD

Raw material such as different chemicals etc. shall be transported by road and shall be

stored in the plant premises. On site emergency plan shall be prepared for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals and shall also be submitted to relevant authorities. This

report will be prepared with the consideration of hazards associated with the chemicals and

care should be taken for all aspects of environmental hazards. The project proponent shall

consider all the safety aspects in planning, designing and operation of the plant as per

standard practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

4.2.7 HOUSING

Enough number of dwellings is available in nearby towns and villages for accommodating

extra workforce. On neighboring towns or villages, the impact on this account is minimal.

4.2.8 ECOLOGY

The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters

like natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species

diversity could be summarized as below.




4.2.8.1 NATURAL VEGETATION

The industry will develop a green belt on the surrounding periphery. Since the effluents and

emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and disposed as per the

EMP provisions, adverse impact over any of the ecological components of the environment

is reduced to minimum.

4.2.8.2 CROPS

Since, the project shall be on a non-agricultural land, it shall not alter the crop production of

the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have been planned

under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems shall be designed to take care of even

emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants like SPM, SO2, NOx, HCl, CO and regular

environmental surveillance shall be done, so as not to have any short-term or cumulative

effect on the crops and the natural vegetation of the area.

4.2.8.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE

Since the effluents and emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and

disposed as per the EMP provisions, proposed project shall not envisaged any adverse effect

on fisheries and aquatic life.

4.2.8.4 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed activities and further plantation will enhance the aesthetic environment.

4.2.8.5 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will give employment to about 40 employees (Including

Contract workers) (Existing – 20 + Additional – 20). In addition to direct employment,

indirect employment shall generate ancillary business to some extent for the local

population. There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services,

which have lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to

better health and family welfare facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human

settlement due to employment opportunities from various industries in region in addition to




employment generated by M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries after proposed project more

direct and indirect employment shall be generated.

Local quality of life has improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures,

like proper treatment and disposal of hazardous waste; liquid effluent and gaseous

emission, has minimized the adverse impact on ecology and has a beneficial impact on

human settlement and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on

the local socio-economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any population in

plant area. Any major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as

permanent impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing

industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some

extent.

Socio-Economic Environment

Environmental Impact Assessment is a study or an estimate of the probable positive or

negative impact a proposed project or expansion activity of an existing project could have

on the environment, consisting of natural, social and economic aspects. An assessment of

socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, base-line

information for the same was collected during the study period. The base-line S.E. data

collected for the study region has been identified in four major indicators namely-

Demography, civic amenities, Economy and social culture.

Employment:

During construction phase of the company, skilled and un-skilled manpower will be required

and their requirement will be met with from the local community. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff

Industries will give employment to 40 employees (Including Contract workers) (Existing – 20

+ Additional – 20). With the employment opportunities, local people’s income will increase

and thereby, their economic status will boost up. Further, secondary jobs shall also increase

in the local area to provide day-to-day needs/services to the working men. Demand for

essential daily utilities in the market will also temporarily increase to some extent.




Public Health:

During construction period the workers will be provided wills safe water supply, low-cost

sanitation facilities, first Aid Treatment, necessary personal protective equipment etc, to

prevent an increase in diseases related to personal hygiene. With some other industrial

units coming up in the surrounding area, Govt. dispensary, medical check-up, medicines,

services of nurses & doctors etc. are likely to be increased with a view to taking care of

general health of the local community.

Education:

Presently, every village has a primary school up to VII std. and for higher standard education

except Dahej, the students, both boys and girls, have to go to Bharuch. With increase in

population due to industrial growth, the surrounding villages may start higher standards

upto X and XII. Not only male students but female students can also take advantage of the

some and thereby, percentage of literate population in the local area may increase.

Transport:

With increased employment opportunities and higher economic status of the local

community and with an increase in market conditions, transport facilities by way of buses,

two-wheeler & four-wheeler vehicles will develop in future. Thus, overall development of

the local community and their health is likely to become a matter of fact with the co-

operation and support of industrial organizations of the local area. To sum up, it could be

said that there will be a positive effect due to improved communication and health services,

which would lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to

better health and family welfare facilities. There will be a beneficial effect on human

settlement due to employment opportunities from various industrial establishments in local

area in addition to employment generated by M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries. There is

likely to be a beneficial impact on the local Socio-Economic environment. There shall be no

displacement of any population in the plant area. The increasing industrial activity will boost

up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent.




1. This project is on non-agricultural land and therefore, it is not likely to alter the crop

production.

2. The manufacturing unit will adopt comprehensive environmental plan covering

several environment protection measures, to reduce the environmental pollution

resulting from the project.

To control the emission from process and utility stacks, the company would regularly

examine, inspect and test its emission to make sure that the emission is below the

permissible limit. With this, the status of sanitation and community health of the area would

not change.

4.2.8.6 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES

There is no reserved forest & no national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant.

There shall be no impact on the same.

4.2.8.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL/RELIGIOUS/TOURIST INTEREST

There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study

area i.e.10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.

4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION

The parameters discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.4. There is no

requirement of construction phase and the industry is in operation for existing products.

The impact matrix relating the parameters to the activities during operation phase and

construction phase is presented in Table 4.5. The quantification of impact is done using

numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following criteria.

Score Severity criteria

0 No impact

1 No damage

2 Slight/ Short-term effect

3 Occasional reversible effect




4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect

5 Permanent damage

The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in Table 4.6.

4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

The total negative impact of various activities on any one parameter is represented as a

cumulative score and the cumulative scores of various parameters are given in the form of a

cumulative impact chart presented in Table 4.7. Any particular parameter having an

individual score greater than 5 or cumulative score of 20 implies serious effects due to the

project and calls for suitable mitigation measures. It is evident from the matrices that the

resultant impact is beneficial to the local population and due to export (and import

substitution) the resultant impact is beneficial to our country.




TABLE - 4.4

___________________________________________________________________________

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES

DURING

CONSTRUCTI

ON PHASE

Air

Qualit

y

Noise

&

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

Infrast

ructur

e

Service

s

Env.

Hazard

s

Terrestrial

Ecology

Land use

Socio-

Econo

mic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement

× x x × × ×

Material

Storage/

Transport

× × × × × × × × x ×

Material

Handling

× × × × × × ×

Utilities × × × ×

Effluent

Discharge

× x × × × x

Gaseous

Emissions

× × x × x x x

Fugitive

Emissions

× × x × x x x

Solid Waste

Disposal

× × × × x × ×

Spills & Leaks × × × × × ×

Shutdown/

Startup

×

Equipment

Failures

× x

Transport of

Workers

× × × ×

Movement of

Vehicles

× × x × ×

Medical &

Other Needs

× ×




TABLE – 4.4 (CONTD.)

___________________________________________________________________________

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (OPERATION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES

DURING

OPERATION

PHASE

Air

Quality

Noise

&

Odour

Water

Qualit

y

Land

Quality

Infrastr

ucture

Services Env.

Hazards

Terrestrial

Ecology

Land use

Socio-

Economic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement

x X X

Raw material

Storage/

Transport

X X X X X

Raw Material

Handling

X X X X

Utilities X X X X

Effluent

Discharge

X X X X X X

Gaseous

Emissions

X X X

Fugitive

Emissions

X X X X

Solid Waste

Disposal

X X X X X X

Product

Storage/

Handling

X X X

Spills & Leaks X X X X X X X X

Shutdown/

Startup

X X X X

Equipment

Failures

X X X

Plant

Operations

X X X X X X X X

Transport of

Workers

X X X

Movement of

Vehicles

X X X

Medical &

Other Needs

X X X




TABLE - 4.5

__________________________________________________________________________

CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTA

L COMPONENTS

POTENTIAL IMPACTS SOURCES OF IMPACT MITIGATIVE MEASURE REMARKS

Water Quality Deterioration of water

quality

Construction activity &

abstraction of water for

construction

requirement and

sanitation in housing

for workers.

Discharge of process

effluents, sewage and

utility wastewater

Proper management of

surface water run off

shall be made

Effluent treatment

plant (ETP)

Discharge standards

specified by authorities

are being met

Minor adverse impact

ZLD Plant

Air Quality Increase in SO2, NOX,

SPM & HCl & Cl2

concentrations in

ambient air

Process emissions,

Fugitive emissions &

Utility stack emissions

Control equipment for

fugitive emissions

Adequate stack heights

& APCE

No remarkable increase

in GLCs.

NAAQ Standards are

met

Minor adverse impacts

on ambient air quality

Socio-Economic Overall growth &

development of area,

increased employment,

improvement in

infrastructure and

growth of downstream

industries

Project activities General area planning

in advance by GIDC and

classified as notified

industrial estate by

GIDC

Beneficial change

Terrestrial

Ecology

Minor loss of habitat-

flora & fauna, loss of

agricultural land

Project activities Green belt Proper

management of solid

waste

No impact

Noise Increased noise level Project operation Noise abatement at

generation point &

green belt before

receptor

Marginal impact

Infrastructure &

Services

Improved

communication,

transport, housing,

educational & medical

facilities

Project Development has been

gradual

Beneficial impact

Environmental

Hazards

Risk to environment &

neighboring population

Handling and storage of

chemicals, solvents &

fuels

On site & off site

Disaster management

plan &

Safe practices

Insignificant adverse

impact




TABLE - 4.6

___________________________________________________________________________

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Activities Environmental Parameter

Air

Quality

Noise &

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Environ

ment

Infrastr

ucture

Servi

ces

Environ

mental

Hazard

Housing Terrestrial

Ecology/

Land use

Socioec

onomic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement

0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Effluent

Discharge

0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0

Gaseous

Emissions

2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Fugitive

Emissions

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Solid Waste

Disposal

1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

Raw Material

Storage/

Transport

1 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 1 1 0

Raw Material

Handling

1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Product

Storage

1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Spills & Leaks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0

Shut down/

Start up

1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0

Equipment

Failure

1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

Plant

Operations

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

Transport of

workers

1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0

Movement of

Vehicles

1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0

Housing

Needs

0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0

Utilities 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Cumulative

score

14 11 7 8 11 12 10 2 11 7 1




TABLE - 4.7

___________________________________________________________________________

CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETER

TOTAL CUMULATIVE

SCORE

Air Quality 14

Noise and Odour 11

Water Quality 7

Land Requirement 8

Infrastructure 11

Service 12

Environmental Hazards 10

Housing 2

Terrestrial Ecology/ Land use 11

Socio Economic Status 7

Aquatic Ecology 1



CHAPTER - 5

________________________________________________________________________

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring

plan which is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The

objective of monitoring is:

• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to

new developments.

• To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical

• To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new

project.

To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures:

• Monitor daily, Assess effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented,

Explore the need to modify or add new Control Measures particularly if a

violation is observed & Report weekly.

• Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality.

• Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The

attributes, which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath

Environment monitoring plan for proposed plant has described in Table:-5.1 along with

Environment Components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and

frequency.



TABLE:-5.1

PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

Environmental

Component

Parameters Standards Frequency

Air Environment

AAQM at plant site As prescribed by GPCB

including PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOx, HCl, HBr, HC & VOCs

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once in a month in upwind

and downwind direction.

Stack emission monitoring

of emissions sources

Parameters prescribed by

GPCB

In stack

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once In a Month

Fugitive emissions/ work

place monitoring within

the plant side

VOC Prescribed by

GPCB

Regular

Water Environment

Analysis of treated effluent Parameters prescribed by

GPCB

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once a day by Company,

Once a month by NABL Lab.

Ground water quality Colour, pH, TDS, TSS,

Sulphates, Chlorides, BOD3,

COD, oil and grease, etc.

Water quality

Standards

Once a Season

Noise Environment

Ambient Noise at plant site Noise level in dB(A) As per National

Noise Standards

Once In a Month

Soil Environment

At plant site Analysis of pH,

conductivity, Sulphates,

calcium, magnesium, Cl-

-- Pre and post monsoon season

by Company



5.1.1 LABORATORY FACILITIES

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will develop its own laboratory equipped with different

equipment i.e. analytical balance, pH meter, COD heating apparatus, oven, incubator

and necessary glass-wares. In addition to that M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will also

develop quality control laboratory which is equipped with sophisticated equipments.

Equipment of quality control laboratory is also available for analysis of environment

parameters. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will make plan of the regular monitoring to

ensure that pollution will be limited to below prescribed limits and to take corrective

action. In case the monitored results of environment pollution will be found to exceed

the prescribed limits, remedial actions will be taken through the concerned plant

authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments of

each department will under respective department heads.

5.1.2 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will

maintain following records.

� Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.

� Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.

� Manual for monitoring of Air, water for Ambient conditions

� Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter

discharged from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control

facilities.

� Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

� Monthly and annual progress reports.



CHAPTER - 6

___________________________________________________________________________

ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN)

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management

plan, following additional studies have been included in the report.

• Risk assessment

• Disaster Management Plan

• On site and off site emergency action plan

• Occupational Health and Safety Management System

6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe

conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and computation of

risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due to accidents resulting

from the hazards present in the plant. Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis.

It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are

exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure

probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this

information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often

confined to maximum credible accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type

and capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures

shall be required.

6.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an

event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

• Identification of potential hazard area;

• Identification of representative failure cases;

• Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire and explosion;

• Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones form the accidental scenarios;



• Furnish the recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities

• Preparation of Disaster Management Plan;

• Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan;

6.1.3 METHODOLOGY

Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is a means of making a systematic assessment of the

risks from hazardous activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their significance, in

order to provide input to a decision-making process. The term ‘quantitative risk assessment’

is widely used, but strictly this refers to the purely numerical assessment of risks without

any evaluation of their significance. The study has been conducted based on the premises of

a traditional Quantitative Risk Assessment. The key components of a QRA are explained

below, and illustrated in Figure-6.1 and Figure-6.2.

FIGURE – 6.1

QRA METHODOLOGY



FIGURE–6.2

FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Start Identify Risk Areas

Select a Risk Area

Identify Failure Cases

Select a Failure Cases

Identify Consequence Outcomes

Select Consequence Outcomes

Determine Frequency

Estimate Consequence

Record Frequency and Consequence in a summary Table

Have all Consequence outcomes been studied?

Have all failure cases been studied?

Have all risk areas been studied?

Draw Risk Contours Finish

Yes

Next Next



6.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazards in the proposed expansion activity is of primary significance of the

analysis, and quantification. Hazard states the characteristics of system/plant/process that

presents potential for an accident. All the components of a system/plant/process need to be

thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned

event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

6.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

The procedure for QRA starts with identification of major risk areas in the installation.

Operation carried out in specialty and agrochemical Industries usually come under certain

board, general categories. At M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries, major risk areas are as

follows:

• Bulk storage area for Raw Materials at ambient temperature and atmospheric

pressure.

• Process Plant involving pumping, transportation, reactors, distillation, heating, cooling,

etc.

• Bulk loading and unloading from storage tanks to road takers and vice versa.

6.1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS

• Release due to catastrophic failure of storage tanks or process vessels.

• Rupture of connected pipe with storage tank or process vessels.

• Continuous release at significant rates for long durations transfer pipelines caused by

sudden, major break of the pipeline.

• Continuous release at low rate through small holes or cracks in piping and vessels, flange

leaks, and leakage from pump glands and similar seals.

It is to be noted that for Quantitative Risk Assessment, worst case scenarios has been

considered, though their frequency of occurrence is much lower than the cases of small

leaks.



6.1.4.3 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREAS

The hazardous chemical storage area is shown in Figure-6.3. The major Hazardous chemicals

to be stored, transported, handled and utilized within the plot area are summarized in the

Table-6.1. Other hazards and control measures are summarized in Table-6.2. Facilities /

System for process safety, transportation, fire fighting system and emergency capabilities to

be adopted are stated below.

FIGURE-6.3

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA



TABLE-6.1

STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Sr.

No.

Name of the chemicals Max.

quantity

Stored in MT

No. of

Tanks/Drums

Type of

Storage

Phase

of

chemical

Storage

Condition

Hazards

Involved

1 Acetic Acid 150 2 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable

2 Tri Ethyl Phosphate 0.2 12 Drums Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Corrosive

3 Acetic Anhydride 200 2 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable/

Corrosive

4 Dil. Acetic Acid 100 1 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable



TABLE 6.2

OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL

SR.

NO.

NAME OF THE POSSIBLE

HAZARD OR

EMERGENCY

ITS SOURCES

&

REASONS

ITS EFFECTS ON

PERSONS, PROPERTY

& ENVIRONMENT

PLACE OF ITS

EFFECT

CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED

1 BOILER

(1) Burning

(2) Physical injury

(3) Explosion

Over pressure in the boiler if

safety valve not working.

Water level indicator not

working. Low water level

indicator fail. High temp.

System fails.

Minor/Major Injury

Loss of human life

Loss of property (Loss

of Main/ Machine

Material)

Boiler House and

surrounding places

Lower & Upper Level Indication System provision. Safety valves

for pressure control fixed temp. & pressure indicator provided.

Blow down & blowing system provided for cleaning tube and

shell. Soft water used. Inter locking provided on pumps, FD fan, ID

fan. Periodical checking & inspection maintenance done. Yearly

inspection done by Boiler Inspector

2 ELECTRICITY

(1) Burning

(2) Fire

(3) Shock

Loose Contacts, Weak

earthling Short Circuit

Improper Insulation

Burning, Shock,

Death

Surrounding the

accident area

Proper Earthing, Periodical Checking of joints, proper insulations

of Equipments, etc. Flame proof fitting in solvent storage area,

bounding and jumpers to all solvent barrier lines provided.

3 HOUSE KEEPING

(1) Physical

(2) Burning

(3) Fire

(4) Chemical Exposure

Bad House keeping Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

In all surrounding

areas i.e. Storage,

Plants

Proper Handling, regular cleaning, Proper placement of material

(RIGHT THING AT THE RIGHT PLACE)

4 PIPE LINE LEAKAGES

Spillages etc.

(1) Corrosion

(2) Toxic gas release

Leaking of pipe line due to

corrosion, Loose contact etc.

Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

Plant area Proper maintenance, Proper Selection of Material for pipe lines,

Immediate attention, Earthing provided, flame proof fitting, NO

SMOKING Boards displayed.

5 Structural Failure Inside the factory (Corrosion) Injury/Death to

persons, damage to

property

Within the factory Automatic operation Periodic Testing of safety valves Regular

Inspection and Maintenance

6 Toxic Release from

outside

Outside the factory Injury/Death Within & outside

the unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare

7 Natural Calamity Nature Injury / Death to

persons, damage to

property

Within & outside

the unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare



TABLE 6.3

HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES, SPECIAL HAZARD

SR. NAME OF CHEMICAL HAZARD FLASH

POINT 0

C

BP 0

C

LEL % UEL

%

SP.GR.

20 0

C

VD SOLUBILITY

WITH WATER

at 20 0 C

NFPA

H F R

HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION

PRODUCT

TLV/

TWA

IDLH

LC50

LD50

Antidotes

1. Acetic Acid

CAS-64-19-7

F 40 118 4 16 1.049 2.1 Infinitely

Soluble

3 2 0 Carbon dioxide and carbon

monoxide may form when

heated to decomposition. May

also release toxic and irritating

vapors.

10 ppm - 5620 ppm 3310

mg/kg

Milk of

Magnesia

2. Acetic Anhydride

CAS-108-24-7

C/F 49 139.9 2 10.2 1.08 3.52 Soluble 3 2 1 Irritating vapors are generated

when heated

5 ppm 200 ppm 1000 ppm 1780

mg/kg

-

3. Triethyl Phosphate

CAS-78-40-0

C/F 130 215 1.2 10 1.072 6.28 Soluble 2 1 0 These products are carbon

oxides (CO, CO2).

- - 2050 ppm 1600

mg/kg

-

F = FIRE T = TOXIC C = CORROSIVE

E = Explosive R = REACTIVE

BP = BOILING POINT LEL = LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT

UEL = UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT SP.GR = SPECIFIC GRAVITY

VD = VAPOUR DENSITY ER = EVAPORATION RATE

H = HEALTH HAZARD CLASS F = FIRE HAZARD CLASS

R = REACTIVE HAZARD BR = BURNING RATE

TLV = THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE PPM = PARTS PER MILLION

STEL = SHORT TERM EXPOSURE LIMIT NFPA = NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION-USA



PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

LIQUIDS

• Always use the road tankers having authorization for transporting the said liquids.

• Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Tanker Driver.

• Tankers will have clearly marked identification of material being contained with

mentioning Safety Card.

• Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

• Provide muffler on exhaust while entering tanker within premises.

• Ensure Earthing Boss connection before starting any transferring.

• SOP to cover routine checking of Tank farm area to be carried out for checking any

spillage / leakage.

• Tanks will be inspected physically daily for having any visual abnormality.

• Readings of Temperature & Pressure will be noted, recorded & reported immediately for

abnormality.

• Safety instruments like rupture disc, safety valves will be checked at defined duration for

intakeness.

• Scheduled testing of tanks to be done for thickness testing.

• Tanks to be painted on regular interval defined as per laws to protect them from

atmospheric corrosion.

• Barrels to be checked for proper fixing of bungs before sending it outside the premises.

• Barrels to be monitored physically daily for developing any pressure or vacuum within it

on long storage.

• Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any

spillage inside warehouse.

SOLIDS

• Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Truck Driver.

• Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

• Provide muffler on exhaust while entering truck within premises.



• SOP to cover routine checking of Bags & Containers for checking any damage.

• Containers to be tested for safe racking & transportation.

• Proper PPE to be used while handling the material & concerned persons to be trained for

usage of the same.

• Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any

spillage inside warehouse.

The major hazards in the M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries are described below.

• Toxic/Corrosive hazards due to leakage of hazardous chemicals from storage tank or

carboys.

• Electrical hazards due to the electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations,

welding, motors, and heavy lift devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit

possibility), maintenance work (due to machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related

electrical hazards.

• Possibility of human injury due to working with mechanical machines, manual handling

etc.

• Possibility of injury during chemicals handled, during operations and due to intoxication.

• Major dropped objects hazard due to large number of physical handling steps /

operations involved with crane/ overhead lifting/ hoisting equipment.

• Fires in any part of the plant working areas – there is a possibility of rapid escalation if it

is not brought under control quickly.

• Possibilities of fire hazards at transformers, switchgear and other electrical equipment

etc.



6.1.4.4 TRANSPORTATION, UNLOADING AND HANDLING PROCEDURE FOR HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS

Transportation, Unloading and Handling Procedure

SR.

NO.

ACTIVITY TYPE OF POSSIBLE

HAZARD

MITIGATION MEASURES

Leakage& Spillage

• Check the source of leakage point.

• Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material

unless wearing appropriate protective clothing.

• Stop leak if you can do it without risk.

Fire,& explosion • Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water

directly on leak, spill area or inside container.

• Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from

spilled material.

1 Transportation of Solvents by

road tanker

Toxic release • Isolate the area

• Isolate the container

• Training will be provided to driver and cleaner

regarding the safe driving, hazard of Flammable

chemicals, emergency handling.

• TREM card will kept with TL.

• Fire extinguishers will be kept with TL.

• Flame arrestor will be provided to TL exhaust.

• Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in

populated area.

• Clear Hazard Identification symbol and emergency

telephone number will be displayed as per HAZCHEM

CODE.

• Appropriate PPEs will be kept with TL.

2 Road tanker unloading at

project site.

Leakage& Spillage





Fire,& explosion • Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water



spilled material.

Toxic release • Isolate the area



• Isolate the area


• Spray the water on leakage

• Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the

storage premises at site and will not be kept waiting

near the gate or the main road.

• Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire

extinguisher condition; Antidote Kit, required PPEs as

per SOP laid down.

• Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from

sampling point.

• After approval of QC department unloading procedure

will be allowed be started.

Following precautions will be adopted during unloading



• Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at unloading

platform.

• Static earthing will be provided to road tanker.

• Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according

to check list and implemented.

• Flexible SS hose connection will be done at TL outlet

line.

• The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline will be

drained to a small underground storage tank, which will

be subsequently transferred by nitrogen pressure to the

main storage tank thus ensuring complete closed

conditions for transfer from road tanker.

• All TL valves will be closed in TL.

• Finally earthing connection and wheel stopper will be

removed.

• Only day time unloading will be permitted.

Leakage& Spillage • Check the source of leakage point.




Fire, Explosion • Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water



spilled material.

3 Storage tank safety

Toxic release. • Isolate the area



• Isolate the area


• Spray the water on leakage

• SS storage tank will be provided as per IS code.

• Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

• Level transmitter will be provided with low level high

level auto cut-off provision.

• Vent will be connected to water trap and vent of water

trap will be provided with flame arrestor.

• Water sprinkler system will be provided to storage tank.

• Fire hydrant monitor with foam attachment facility will

be provided.

• Dumping / Drain vessel/alternate vessel will be

provided to collect dyke wall spillage material.

• FLP type pump will be provided.

• Nitrogen blanketing will be provided to storage tank.

• Double static earthing will be provided to storage tank.

• Double Jumper clip will be provided to all Solvent

handling pipeline flanges.

4 Solvent transfer from storage

tank to Day tank

Leakage& Spillage due to

Line rupture, Flange

Gasket failure, Fire,

Explosion, Toxic release.

• Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump will be

provided.

• Double on / off switch will provided at tank farm and

process area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day

tank high level will be provided.

• Flame arrestor will be provided on day tank vent.

• Over flow will be provided for additional safety and it

will be connected to main storage tank.

• NRV will be provided on pump discharge line.



• Double Jumper clip will be provided to all solvent

handling pipeline.

• Double static earthing will be provided to day tank.

5 Solvent transfer from Day

tank to reactor.

Leakage, Spillage due to

Line rupture, Flange

Gasket failure, Fire,

Explosion, Toxic release.

• Gravity transfer.

• Total quantity of day tank material will be charged in to

reactor at a time.

• NRV will be provided on day tank outlet line.

• Static earthing will be provided to storage tank.

• Double Jumpers will be provided to pipeline flanges.

6.1.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage, handling &

use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause

damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the

reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

Operating Parameters

Potential vapour release for the same material depends significantly on the operating

conditions. Especially for any liquefied gas, the operating conditions are very critical to

assess the damage potential. If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at ambient

temperature, say 30oC, and then the vapour release potential of the inventory is much

higher as compared to the case if it is stored at 0oC.

Inventory

Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing

of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The

potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the

properties of the materials and the operating conditions (pressure, temperature). If all

these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapour source strength

estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.

Loss of Containment

Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain

features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list



out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed

examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel

leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack

that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The

more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected to the vessel.

The flow rate is depending on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was

present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on

the pressure in the vessel. The vaporisation of released liquid depends on the vapour

pressure and weather conditions. Such consideration and others have been kept in mind

both during the initial listing as well as during the short listing procedure. In the study,

Maximum Credible Loss accident methodology is to be used, therefore, the largest potential

hazard inventories have been considered for consequence estimation.

6.1.5.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the

physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the damage

(lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided

in three major groups:

a) Determination of the source strength parameters;

b) Determination of the consequential effects;

c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

* Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapour or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of

rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

* Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of

the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

* Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool

dimensions and wind velocity.

* Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases.



Consequential effects

* Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength,

relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the

surrounding area.

* Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ m2] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of the

distance to the source.

* Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/m2], as a function of the distance to the

distance of the exploding cloud.

* Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

- Gas, vapour, liquid, solid

- Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

- Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure

- Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and

the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The

knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the exposure. For

instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the

damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly

between different materials.

In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects

are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained.



Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

• The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

• The exposure duration [sec];

• The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

• The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for

second-degree burns are given in the table herein:

Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Exposure

Duration

Radiation for

1% lethality

(kW/m2)

Radiation for 2nd

degree burns

(kW/m2)

Radiation for

first degree

burns (kW/m2)

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in

case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that

people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time.

Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact

with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively

lesser incident radiation intensity are given below.

Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity

INCIDENT

RADIATION

kW/m2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.



Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the

cloud proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

* Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures

resulting from a blast wave:

Damage Due To Overpressures

Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.83 bar Total Destruction

0.30 bar Heavy Damage

0.10 bar

0.03 bar

Moderate Damage

Significant Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage

From this it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with 1%

lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the peak

overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pa will be wounded by mechanical damage. For the

gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition source as its centre.

Intoxication

The consequences from inhalation of a toxic vapour/gas are determined by the toxic dose.

This dose D is basically determined by:

- Concentration of the vapour in air;



- Exposure duration.

Furthermore, of course, the breathing rates of the victim, as well as the specific toxic

mechanism unto the metabolism play an important role.

The dose is defined as D = Cn.t, with:

C = concentration of the toxic vapour, in [ppm] or [mg/m3];

t = exposure duration, in [sec] or [min];

n = exponent, mostly > 1.0; this exponent takes into account the fact that a high

concentration over a short period results in more serious injury than a low

concentration over a relatively longer period of exposure. The value of n

should be greater than zero but less than 5.

The given definition for D only holds if the concentration is more or less constant over the

exposure time; this may be the case for a (semi) continuous source. In case of an

instantaneous source, the concentration varies with time; the dose D must be calculated

with an integral equation:

D = ∫ Cn.dt

For a number of toxic materials, so-called Vulnerability Models (V.M.) has been developed.

The general equation for a V.M. (probit function) is:

Pr = a + b.ln (Cn.t), with

Pr = probit number, being a representation of the percentage of people suffering

a certain kind of damage, for instance lethality

Pr = 2.67 means 1% of the population;

Pr = 5.00 means 50% of the population;

a and b material dependent numbers;

Cn.t = dose D, as explained above.

The values for a and b are mostly derived from experiments with animals; occasionally,

however, also human toxicity factors have been derived from accidents in past. In case only

animal experiments are available, the inhalation experiments with rats seem to be best

applicable for predicting the damage to people from acute intoxication. Although much

research in this field have been done over the past decades, only for a limited number of

toxic materials consequence models have been developed. Often only quite scarce



information is available to predict the damage from an acute toxic exposition. Data

transformation from oral intoxication data to inhalation toxicity criteria is sometimes

necessary. Generally, in safety evaluations pessimistic assumptions are applied in these

transformation calculations. The calculated damage (distance) may be regarded as a

maximum. For the purposes of a response to a major incident, the IDLH value level has been

chosen for the ‘wounded‘criteria. This type of injury will require medical attention.

6.1.5.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterised as the worst credible accident. In

other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that

is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the

probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach

of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion

calculations. As per the reference of the study, weather conditions having an average wind

speed of 1.40 m/s have been chosen.

The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL

cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents- what constitutes a

credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years

and based on basic engineering judgement, the cases have been found to be credible and

modelling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. Only catastrophic cases

have been considered and not partial or small failures (as is the case in Quantitative Risk

Assessment where contributions from low frequency - high outcome effect as well as high

frequency - low outcome events are distinguished). The objective of the study is emergency

planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons.

Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept

should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.



6.1.5.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS CALCULATIONS

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for

weather conditions having wind speed 1.40 m/s. In Consequence Analysis, geographical

location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large

number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant

scenario has been identified and duly considered.

6.1.5.2.2 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

PHAST MICRO: Phast is the most comprehensive software available for performing Process

Hazard Analysis (PHA), Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) and Financial Risk Analysis (FRA).

Our extensively validated software for consequence and risk assessment is used by

governments and industry helping them to comply with local safety regulation and their

own corporate best practice. Phast contains all the discharge, dispersion, effects and risk

models you will need to accurately assess all your major hazards and associated risks. Phast

Consequence provides you with comprehensive hazard analysis facilities to examine the

progress of a potential incident from the initial release to its far-field effects.

TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE IMPACT

It calculates the initial discharge, as the material expands from its storage conditions to

atmospheric, through dispersion, as the material mixes with air and dilutes, and the

subsequent toxic or flammable effects. Phast includes a wide range of models for discharge

and dispersion as well as flammable, explosive and toxic effects.

DISCHARGE

• Phast requires basic information about storage or process conditions and material

properties in order to perform discharge calculations

• The software comes with an integrated material property database containing more

than 1,600 pre-defined pure component chemicals

• Various discharge scenario options have been implemented to represent common

process failures, and model their behaviour. These include:

� Leaks and line ruptures from long & short pipelines



� Catastrophic ruptures

� Relief valve and disc ruptures

� Tank roof collapse

� Vent from vapour spaces

� In building release effects

DISPERSION

The dispersion models within Phast are able to model the following phenomena

• Dispersion of gas, liquid and two-phase releases

• Liquid droplet thermo dynamics calculations and liquid droplet rainout

• Pool spreading and vaporization

• Building wake dispersion effects for vapour releases

FLAMMABLE EFFECTS

For releases of flammable material Phast calculates

• Radiation profiles and contours from a range of fire scenarios including pool fires,

flash fires, jet fires and fire balls, including cross-wind effects on a jet fire

• Vapour Cloud Explosion modeling using industry standards models including the

TNO Multi-energy, Baker Strehlow Tang and TNT Equivalence models

• Overpressure contours from Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosions

TOXIC EFFECTS

• Graphs of toxic concentration profile

• Indoor and outdoor toxic dose prediction

• Reporting of distance to specific dose and concentration

• Calculated exposure time and use as “averaging time” for passive dispersion effects

PHAST RISK

Phast Risk allows you to combine the flammable and toxic consequences from each

scenario in your QRA model with their likelihood to quantify the risk of fatalities. Phast Risk

allows you to take account of local population distribution, sources of ignition, land usage



and local prevailing weather conditions. It is designed to perform all the analysis, data

handling and results presentation elements of a QRA within a structured framework.

Phast Risk allows you to quickly identify major risk contributors so that time and efforts can

be directed to mitigating these highest risk activities. Based on effects calculations and

population vulnerabilities, Phast Risk can integrate over all scenarios and weather

conditions to estimate the total risk. The established individual and societal risk indicators

are predicted by Phast Risk across your facility and surrounding area using the classical QRA

methodology. Risk ranking reports can be produced at points of strategic importance to

show the relative influence of the various failure scenarios and their contribution to both

the individual and societal risk metrics.

A key benefit of Phast Risk is the ability to identify major risk contributors and differentiate

these from incidents with worst case consequences which might otherwise dominate the

safety reviews. Whilst medium scale incidents have lesser consequences, they may have a

higher frequency, which, when combined with their hazardous effects, generate a higher

level of risk. Time and effort directed to mitigating high consequence but often low

frequency events may not be well spent. Phast Risk helps you direct this effort more

effectively. Phast Risk also provides facilities to help you manage large quantities of input

data, including scenarios, parameters, wind roses, ignition and population, and combine

these in many ways. This is critical when looking at sensitivity analyses and assessing the

merits of a range of risk reduction measures.

Benefits

• Facilitates cost reduction in terms of losses and insurance

• Allows optimization of plant and process design

• Assist in compliance with safety regulators

• Enables quicker response to hazardous incidents

• Improve engineer’s understanding of potential hazards

• Regular software upgrades incorporate industry experience and expertise, and

advances in consequence modeling technology



6.1.5.2.3 SCENARIOS

TABLE – 6.4

POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

Scenario MCL Scenario Pressure & Temp. Quantity (MT)

1 Release of Acetic Acid NTP 150

2 Release of Acetic Anhydride NTP 200

3 Drum Storage Area NTP 200 Kg



Scenario-1 Release of Acetic Acid

Basis: Catastrophic Rupture of bottom nozzle (4”) of Styrene storage tank Resultant Pool Fire due to static charge.

Basic Input Data

Stored quantity 150 MT

Wind speed 1.40 m/s

Temperature Room Temperature

Pressure Atmospheric Pressure

Results:-

• Maximum Pool Radius is 3.024 m



Cloud Footprint



Maximum Concentration



Scenario-2 Release of Acetic Anhydride

Basic Input Data

Stored quantity 200 MT

Wind speed 1.40 m/s

Temperature Room Temperature

Pressure Atmospheric Pressure

Radiation Effects

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance (meter)

(Category 1.5/F)

Effect if IHR at Height of simulation

4 188.518 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to reach cover within 20s;

however blistering of the skin (second degree burn) is likely; 0: lethality

12.5 110.027 This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds and movement to a safer

place is instinctive. This level indicates around 6% fatality for 20 seconds

exposure.

37.5 NR This level of radiation is assumed to give 100% fatality as outlined above.

Results:-

• Maximum Pool Radius is 108.085 m.

NR – Not Reached



Cloud Footprint



Maximum Concentration



Intensity Radiation for Pool Fire

Green – 4 KW/m2

Yellow – 12.5 KW/m2

Red – 37.5 KW/m2



Scenario -3 Unconfined Pool Fire Simulations for Drum Storage Area

Catastrophic Rupture

Input Data

Stored quantity - 200 Kg

Wind speed – 1.40 m/s

Results indicate

Pool Fire Scenario

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in meter

Effect if IHR at Height of simulation

4 50.5 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to reach cover within 20s;

however blistering of the skin (second degree burn) is likely; 0: lethality

12.5 37.6 This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds and movement to a safer

place is instinctive. This level indicates around 6% fatality for 20 seconds

exposure.

37.5 19.80 This level of radiation is assumed to give 100% fatality as outlined above.

Fire Ball Scenario

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in meter Injury Type

4 65.0 Pain after 20secs.

12.5 42.5 1st

degree Burn

37.50 25.0 100% Fatal

BLEVE simulation for Drums Storage

BLEVE simulation for Drums Storage

Scenario : FIRE BALL/ BLEVE

In put Data Results of Computations

Stored quantity 200 Kg Fire Ball radius 11.17 meter

Wind speed 1.40 m/s Fire ball Intensity of Heat

radiation

186.59 KW /m 2

Fire ball duration 4.56 sec.

Incident Intensity of

Heat Radiation ( IHR)

at ground level

KW /m 2

IHR- Isopleth

Distance

( Meters )

Damage effects

37.5 25 100 % Fatal. Min. to ignite wood (without flame contact)

25.0 30 Min. to ignite wood (without flame contact). Significant injury.

12.5 42.5 Min. to ignite wood (with flame contact). 1 st deg. burn.

4.0 76 Pain after 20 secs. Blistering unlikely.

1.6 120 No discomfort even on long exposure.

Results

♦ In the 25 meter radius area is considered as 100% fatality in 1 min.

♦ In 42.5 meter radius area is considered as 1st

deg. Burn in 10 sec. and 1 % fatal in 1 minute.

♦ In the 76 meter radius area will give pain after 20 seconds. Blistering unlikely.

♦ In the 120 meter radius area is considered as safe area and no discomfiture even on long exposure.



Intensity Radiation for Pool Fire

Intensity Radiation for Fire Ball

Green – 4 KW/m2


Red – 37.5 KW/m2



BLEVE

Green – 4 KW/m2


Red – 37.5 KW/m2



6.1.6 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY

• From the Risk Assessment studies conducted, it would be observed that by and large,

the risks are confined within the factory boundary walls.

• Based on these studies company has been proposed to plan its facility sitting as well as

location of operator cabin, open area, etc.

• Company has to increase awareness programme in the surrounding vicinity and educate

people for safe evacuation at the time of toxic release.

• A HAZOP study to be carried out for all product plant and storage facilities.

• Induction safety course to be prepared and trained all new employees before starting

duties in plant.

6.1.6.1 PROCESS SAFETY

• Safety measures will be adopted from the design stage.

• Safety Valve and pressure gauge will be provided on reactor and its jacket (if jacket is

provided).

• Utility like Chilling, cooling, vacuum, steaming and its alternative will be provided to

control reaction parameters in a safe manner.

• Free Fall of any flammable material in the vessel will be avoided.

• Static earthing provision will be made at design stage to all solvent handling

equipments, reactors, vessels & powder handling equipments.

• Any reaction upsets will be confined to the reaction vessel itself.

• All emergency valves and switches and emergency handling facilities will be easily

assessable.

• Further all the vessels will be examined periodically by a recognized competent person

under the Gujarat Factory Rules.

• All the vessels and equipments will be earthed appropriately and protected against

Static Electricity. Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities will be provided.

• Materials will be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums.

• All solvents and flammable material storage tanks will be stored away from the process

plant and required quantity of material will be charge in reactor by pump.

• Jumpers will be provided on all solvent handling pipeline flanges.



• Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & Updation in safety and

emergency preparedness plan will be displayed and conducted.

• Flame proof light fittings will be installed in the plant.

• All the Plant Personnel will be provided with Personal Protection

• Equipments to protect against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage,

spillages or splash. PPE like Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety

• Glasses, Acid-Alkali Proof Gloves etc. will be provided to the employees.

• All employees will be given and updated in Safety aspects through periodic training in

safety.

• Material Safety Data Sheets of Raw Materials & Products will be readily available that

the shop floor.

6.1.6.2 FOR HAZARDOUS STORAGE TANK FARM

• Tank farm will be constructed as per explosive department requirement and separation

distance will be maintained.

• Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous chemical storage.

• Static earthing provision will be made for road tanker as well as storage tank.

• Tanks of proper MOC will be selected.

• Flame arrestor with breather valve will be provided on vent line.

• Road tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

• Fire load calculation will be done and as per fire load Hydrant System will be provided as

per NFPA std. and Fire extinguishers will be provided as per fire load calculation.

• Spark arrestor will be provided to all vehicles in side premises.

• Flame proof type equipments and lighting will be provided.

• Lightening arrestor will be provided on the top of chimney.

• Trained and experience operator will be employed for tank farm area.

• NFPA label (hazard identification) capacity and content will be displayed on storage

tank.

• Solvents will be transferred by pump only in plant area and day tank will be provided.

Overflow line will be return to the storage tank or Pump On-Off switch will be provided

near day tank in plant.



• Jumpers will be provided on solvent handling pipe line flanges.

• Flexible SS hose will be used for road tanker unloading purpose and other temperature

connection.

• All tanks shall be uniformly tagged.

• Level indicator shall be provided in tanks.

• Dyke will be provided.

• Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.

• Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided.

• Anti corrosive paint shall be done.

• Safety instruction board will be displayed.

6.1.6.2 FOR DRUM/CARBOY STORAGE AREA

Some chemicals will be received at plant in drums/Carboys by road truck and stored in a

drum/Carboy storage area.

• FLP type light fittings will be provided.

• Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.

• Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.

• Conductive drum pallets will be provided.

• Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork lift will be used for drum handling.

• Separate dispensing room with local exhaust and static earthing provision will be made.

• Materials will be stored as per its compatibility study and separate area will be made for

flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.

• Smoking and other spark, flame generating item will be banned from the Gate.

6.1.6.3 TRANSPORTATION

• Road tanker unloading procedure will be in place and will be implemented for safe

unloading of road tanker.

• Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.

• Earthed Flexible Steel hose will be used for solvent unloading from the road tanker.

• Fixed pipelines with pumps will be provided for solvent transfer up to Day

tanks/reactors.



• Double mechanical seal type pumps will be installed.

• NRV provision will be made on all pump discharge line.

6.1.7 OTHER RISK REDUCTION OPPORTUNITIES

The following opportunities shall be considered as a potential means of reducing identified

risks during the detailed design phase:

• Buildings and plants structures shall be designed for cyclone floods and seismic events

to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing for storage of

goods;

• Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and critical

process water;

• Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic and

storage and stacks locations;

6.1.8 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALARP

The following actions are particularly recommended to be implemented in order to ensure

ALARP (As Low As reasonably practical) performance in the operation: Maintain and ensure

effectiveness of all the safety measures, among others through the following actions:

Raw Material Storage Area

- The raw material storage area should be declared as a prohibited area and should be

provided having at least two exits, “No Smoking” and “Prohibited Area” display

boards, as applicable should be provided at site.

- Regular inspection of tanks/drums/carboys containing raw material to be done to

take care.

- Periodic site inspection should be carried out to ensure that there is no leakage from

any of the drums in the ware house.

- Fire hydrant system needs to be provided in storage area as per TAC standards.

- Smoke detector and fire alarm systems need to be provided.

- Provision of fire doors in ware house area.



Fire access for Tank Farm area and Ware Houses

- Fire access roads should be provided to storage area. The storage tanks/area should

have suitable fire protection and fire fighting facility.

The following features are also important for the project by taking the layout into

consideration:-

• Hinged doors swing outward in an explosion.

• Window panes (if installed) are shatterproof or plastic in frame.

• Floors, walls and ceilings are designed and installed to limit the generation and

accumulation of static electricity.

• All doors must be fire resistant. Floors, walls and ceilings are designed for at least 2 h of

fire resistance.

• Walls or partitions are continuous from floor to ceiling, and securely anchored.

• Integrity of the wall should be ensured i.e. blast wall not to be broken or drilled as that

can leads to weak spots.

• The building is constructed of non-combustible materials, on a substantial frame.

• Restrained deflagration vent panels are present.

• There is adequate ventilation, and any heating in rooms is limited to steam, hot water, or

other indirect means.

Electrical Safety for Whole Facility

• Electrical Safety: All cables and electric fittings shall be constructed, installed, protected,

operated and maintained in such a manner so as to prevent risk of open sparking.

6.1.9 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries management will take into consideration fire prevention

measures at the project planning and during plant commissioning stage to avoid any

outbreak of fire. But looking to the hazardous nature of process and the chemicals that are

handled and processed, the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to

tackle such a situation a good well laid fire protection system will be provided in the factory.

Details of fire fighting are given in Table 6.5.



TABLE 6.5

FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED FOR FIRE FIGHTING:

Sr. No. Type Capacity Total Quantity

10 Kg 30#

1 Dry Chemical Powder 5 Kg 50#

2 Kg

2 Carbon Dioxide 4.5 Kg 60#

9 Kg 50#

3 Form Type 50 Kg 10#

Other fire fighting facilities proposed to be installed at site:

� Fire load calculation will be carried out and Fire Extinguishers at different locations will

be provided (as mentioned in above table) as per the TAC guidelines.

� Working staff will be given training to operate DCP and CO2 extinguishers.

� Fire Hydrant Network will be installed as per the calculated requirement for fire fighting.

� A main fire pump with a capacity of 50 M3/Hr @ 10 Bar/cm2 will be installed.

� A stand-by diesel pump with equal capacity (50 M3/Hr @ 10 Bar/cm2) will be installed.

This pump will be used for fire fighting in case of power failure.

� A fire water reservoir with holding capacity of 300 m3 of water shall be provided.

� First Aid Training will be imparted to employees by designated first aid trainers.

6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall develop the emergency management system to tackle

the emergency situation, apart from its emergency management system. The detail of

disaster management system is discussed in the following section.

6.2.1 DEFINING THE NATURE OF EMERGENCY

6.2.1.1 LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES.

LEVEL - 1:

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant, premises. It may be due to -

a) Small fire in the plant



b) Low toxic gas release for short duration.

c) Collapsing of equipment that do not affect out side premises.

LEVEL - 2:

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to -

a) Major fire inside the factory premises.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

c) Heavy toxic / flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL - 3:

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in

the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to -

a) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area

b) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

6.2.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.

• To identify and assess types of emergencies due to different types of hazards.

• To work out plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and safeguard employees and

people in the vicinity of the factory.

• To provide for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

• To plan mode of proper communication and actions to be followed in the event of

emergency.

• To keep all necessary information with respect to hazard/accident control and

emergency contacts in one document for easy and speedy reference.

• To inform employees, general public and the authorities about the hazards/risk if any

and the role to be played by them in the event of emergency.

• To control and contain the accident.

• To effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

• To inform and help relatives of casualties.

• To secure rehabilitation of affected area and restore normalcy.



• To provide information to media and government agencies.

• To preserve record, equipment etc. for investigating cause of emergency.

• To be ready for “mutual aid” if need arises to help neighboring units.

6.2.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall develop an emergency management team. The

management structure includes the following personnel’s;

• Chief Emergency Controller

• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers

• Site Main Controllers

• Key Personnel’s

• Essential Workers

• Assembly points

• Emergency control center

• Fire control arrangements

• Medical arrangements

• Other arrangements

6.2.3.1 CHIEF EMERGENCY CONTROLLER

He will be Chief Manager in his absence, the Plant Supervisor will be the Chief Controller till

any one of the designated Manager arrives at Site and assumes overall charge of the

situation. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the

Emergency Control Centre at Main Security Gate from where all operations will be directed.

He shall:

1. Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the scene

& handle the situation.

2. Relieve the Incident Controller from responsible of the Main Controller.

3. Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc, if

called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installations

in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation.

4. Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.



5. In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading /

unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor / security

personnel to evacuate tankers.

6. Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if

any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P & A Assistant / Security for rushing

casualties to hospitals if required.

7. Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other statutory

bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the premises.

8. Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged.

9. Issue authorized statement or press release to the news – media.

10. Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory

authorities.

11. Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”.

12. Arrange for obtaining the head – count of all personnel within the premises and

cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within the

premises.

13. Nominate a person from advisory team, to maintain chronological log of event

during the entire period of emergency.

6.2.3.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

His primary duties are to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial stage he may

be required to take decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or

continue any process and to take technical decisions to control the incident. The deputy

incident controller should take the charge of incident controller, if he is not available due to

any reason. As our factory is running 24 hrs, so each plants shift in charge are being

nominated as I.C (after 'G' Shift) and they will be always available in the shift and can take

charge till the arrival of IC.



Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:

• He shall take charge at the scene of incident.

• He may be required to take decisions whether to stop or continue any Process and take a

control the incident or to isolate affected area of the plant and simultaneously inform /

consult senior officers as per requirement.

• He shall immediately assess the gravity of risk and alert panel and field operators to start

controlling their respective section.

• After assessing the level of emergency likely to exist, he shall ad emergency. As per the

assessment of risk, if necessary inform concerned Senior Officer to declare major

emergency and active on-site/off site emergency plan accordingly. As Per the situation

ensure that Site Main Controller (SMC) will be informed.

• He will work under the direction of the SMC, but till his arrival he may have to execute

following responsibilities.

• Ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.

• Direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.

• He shall communicate to the SMC the type of outside help needed.

• He shall direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following

priorities.

• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.

• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.

• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.

• Give information to the head of fire fighting and rescue team and other emergency

services.

• Depending on the incident, instruct partial or total shut down, isolations,

depressurization, Nitrogen purging, fire fighting, rescue operations.

• Instruct upstream/down stream units to take emergency shut down /cutting off supply

and other appropriate actions and emergency evacuation help etc.

• Direct for search of casualties.

• Evacuate non-essential workers/visitors/contractors to safe assembly points.

• Brief site main controller and keep him informed about the developments.



• Pressure evidences. This will be necessary for investigation for cause and concluding

preventive measures.

• Send runners, if telephones are out of order.

6.2.3.3 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

He will have an overall responsibility for directing operations & calling outside help from

Emergency Control Centers. He is required to take decisions after consultation with the

Senior Manager available at site.

The Shift Engineer of non-affected Plant will act as SMC till arrival of the designated SMC at

Emergency Control Centre (ECC). Until the arrival of SMC, he may have to execute following

responsibilities.

• As soon as he received the information or comes to know about the incident, he shall

proceed to Emergency Control Room (Control Room) and shall take charge of the

incident. If Control Room gets affected due to unfavorable wind direction, Fire Control

Room shall be used as alternate Emergency Control Room.

• He has overall responsibility for directing emergency action, operation and calling

outside help.

• He shall ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.

• He shall assess the gravity of situation with the help of Incident Controller (IC), Plant

Manager and Key Personnel and after quickly assess the situation, shall find out the of

emergency from Incident Controller (l C), and declare the emergency.

• Level-l: Emergency - may be handled within the plant premises.

• Level-2: Emergency - On Site Emergency plant shag be activated.

• Level-3: Emergency - Action to be taken to operate Off-Site Emergency Plan.

• He shed direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following

priorities.

• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.

• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.

• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.

• He shall direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.



• He shall continuously review and assess possible developments to determine most

probable course of events and actions.

• He shall assess the situation and ensure that whatever resources needed is made

available and utilized in a co-ordinate manner.

• He shall direct the safe shut down of plants in construction with incident controller and

Key Personnel, if necessary.

• He shall check that all non-essential workers, visitors, contractors are evacuated to safe

assembly points and head count is completed.

• He shall give instructions to the Incident controllers, Fire fighting and Rescue teams.

• He shall, if necessary arrange for evacuation of neighboring population.

• He shall ensure that search for casualties, within the affected area has been carried out

and arrange for hospitalization of victims and additional medical help, if required.

• He shall ensure that liaison will be made with outside agencies such as Police Services,

Fire Services, Expert on Health and Safety, Meteorological Office, District Emergency

Authorities, Collector and Senior Inspector of Factories. Provide advice on possible

effects to areas outside the factory.

• He shall arrange for up to date records of emergencies.

• He shall advice not to re-start the plants unless it is declared safe to start by competent

authorities.

6.2.3.4 KEY PERSONNELS

Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in

the light of information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency. As

necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate personnel,

carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipments, utilities, carryout

environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other

local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries. Action at

assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC. All

the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC. They shall be

available at any time on duty or on call or on duty or holiday.



6.2.3.5 ESSENTIAL WORKERS

A task force of essential trained workers (expert’s team) is available to get the work done by

the Incident Controller and the Site Main Controller. Such work will include:

1) Fire fighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.

2) To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

3) Shutting down plant and making it safe.

4) Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process, providing

temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement,

electrical work, etc.

5) Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc.

6) Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the

accident.

7) Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

8) The injured is given First Aid.

9) Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.

10) Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

11) Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for

outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.

12) Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

13) Assistance at communication centers to handle out going and in coming calls and to act

as messengers if necessary.

14) Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles

entering the work, to control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make

alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the

works.

15) Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site Main

Controller.

16) Any special help required.



6.2.3.6 ASSEMABLY POINT

In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned any

emergency duty) are evacuating the area & report to a specified Assembly Points. Each

assembly Point will be clearly marked by a Conspicuous notices & provided with an

identification numbers e.g. Assembly Point No. 1, 2 and so on. Assembly Points are located

at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction.

To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly

Point proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly Points. Each Assembly

Point in manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. Further telephone

to communicated SMC has been provided at each assembly Points. At each Assembly Point

duties of Assembly Point In-charge has been also displayed in brief Before reaching an

Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due to

presence of toxic substances. Suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet etc., are issued &

made available with workers.

6.2.3.7 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle

the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room will be

earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be

earmarked/identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in case of

unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System will be available in the

Emergency Control Room i.e. Hot Lines, Intercom Walkie-Talkies & External Phones.

The ECC center shall be equipper with the following facilities.

1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory

3. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

4. Factory layout plan

5. Map of the area

6. Employee blood group and their address

7. Messengers / Runners for sending messages

8. Adequate numbers of PPE'S



6.2.3.8 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

6.2.3.8.1 FIRE FIGHTING, GAS LEAK CONTROL AND RESCUE OPERATION

A) Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)

1. Incident Controller will be the only person to direct the fire fighting and Emergency

operation.

2. Keep the constant touch with the SMC / In charge - EHS.

3. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of

Manpower / equipment / extinguishing media etc.

B) Role of EHS Representative:

1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage immediately proceed to the help.

2. Decide his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and take appropriate

measures to handle the emergency.

3. Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about

the gravity of the situation.

4. He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.

C) Fire crew members

1. On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room

and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of IC/ Dy IC.

2. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

6.2.3.9 MEDICAL SERVICES

The roles of Medical officers are as follows;

(a) He will contact immediately to the SMC/IC.

(b) He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.

(c) He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if required.

(d) He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other Para –

medical services etc. and transportation services etc.

(e) He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

(f) He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.



(g) He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the affected

persons nearby.

6.2.3.10 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

Other arrangements include external transport, cranes, generator sets to supply emergency

power, environment monitoring equipment, rescue items etc. when available resources do

not meet the requirement.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (EMERGENCY)

• As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers shall report to IC or SMC.

• They shall carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC

• According to the type of emergency/accident, they shall get equipped with PPE/Fire

fighting equipment and devices.

• The runner among the workers shall inform SMC/IC and key personnel if they are not at

site.

• The messenger amongst the workers shall deliver messages to nearby units as per the

instructions of SMC/IC.

• The in-charge of medical arrangements shall prepare first-aid and other required

facilities for the injured.

• The other essential workers shall try to control the emergency as per the instructions

given to IC.

• IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken at the

site and ask for other requirements e.g. Mutual aid, equipment etc., if he find necessary.

• SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures being taken,

need for external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.

6.3 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM

After the assessment of risk & their possible environmental impact and after making an

organization for the preparedness to control the emergency, the next most essential step is to

make us ready for Communication at the time of emergency. Communication System is a

Crucial Factor while handling emergency.



Company will have quick & effective Communication System through which, any situation,

which can lead to emergency, can be informed or known to.

i. All working inside the plant.

ii. Key Personnel outside during normal working hours & during off-duty hours.

iii. Outside emergency services, Statutory and Local Authorities and

iv. Neighboring facilities and public leaving in vicinity.

Each and every section, Plant & Department of the Factory shall be connected by internal

telephones. External Phone at Office and Residence and Mobile shall be also available with

Key Personnel and top executive of the factory. Hot lines shall be provided with mutual aid

Partner through the Emergency Control Center. The Communication System begins with

raising the alarm declaring the emergency, Telephone messages and Procedure to

communicate the emergency to other persons & General Public.

6.3.1 RAISING THE ALARM

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the first step is

to raise the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby people. Next, he/she

informs the security persons to raise the emergency siren located at the factory gate. The

security personnel sound the siren, raising and lowering the sound three times in a 10

second “ON”, 5 second “OFF” sequence. All the security employees shall be trained for

operating the siren to announcing the emergency. In case of power failure, manual bell

shall be also provided.

The alarm sound informs the I.C and the S.M.C that an emergency has been created and

emergency organization is to be activated. The I.C. rushes to the site and takes charge of

the scene.

6.3.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency has to be declared after sufficient and through check because the

declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action and it may disturb the

running system, which may be Costly at, time or its Consequence may be Serious. Therefore

major emergency must not be decided on whims or immature judgment or without proper

thought. Looking to all the above, we will have taken care to nominate the persons who can



declare the emergency; we will have selected them on the basis of their knowledge &

experience. These persons will be technically qualified and experienced. They shall advice

the Incident Controller or Site Main Controller regarding the type of emergency. On being

convinced, the Site Main Controller or Incident Controller shall declare an ON-SITE

emergency. The decision about major emergency shall be taken as early as possible and

without wasting time so that control action can be started immediately.

6.3.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES

After hearing the emergency alarm and during emergency or even while just receiving the

emergency message on phone, Telephone operator should be precise, sharp, attentive and

quick in receiving and noting the message and subsequently effective in further

Communication A form to record emergency telephone calls shall be available with

telephone operator or Person available in Emergency Control Center, who has to record

such calls during emergency. Telephonic messages shall be given out by the telephone

operator to Site main Controller and key personnel as per the instructions of the Incident

Controller. Telephonic messages shall also be given to authorities and external agencies to

describe the type of emergency. All details of emergency shall be collected/delivered

according to this format shall available with the telephone operator.

6.3.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION

6.3.4.1 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY

An effective system to communicate emergency shall be available.

• Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty &

inside during normal working hours.

• To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working

hours.

• To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.

• To the neighboring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.

a) Information to Workers

All personnel inside the factory shall be informed by the sounding of the siren or in case of

electricity by ringing the bell.



b) To key personnel outside during normal working hours

The key personnel outside the factory premises shall be informed as per the need by

external telephones or runners.

c) To the outside Emergency Services and the Authorities

Once the emergency is declared, it is essential that the outside emergency services should

be informed in the shortest possible time. Responsibilities shall be fixed as per the

Incident/Emergency Command structure/plan to contact outside agencies for help and to

communicate to the all the Government and other Authorities such as Fire Brigade, Police,

District Emergency Authorities, Factory Inspectorate & Hospital etc. In case of major

emergency, outside agencies like mutual aid, hospitals, policies, Factory Inspector, Collector,

Fire-brigade etc. shall be informed by telephone or by sending special messenger from

emergency control center.

d) To neighboring factories and the General Public

A major emergency will affect areas outside the works and it is essential that neighboring

factory and General Public, should be informed to enable them to take prompt action to

protect their own workers and to take whatever measures may be possible to prevent

further escalation of the emergency due to effects on their own installations, at the same

time, they may be able to provide assistance as part of a prearranged mutual aid plan.

Further responsibilities shall be fixed to inform the neighboring factories and the General

Public leaving in the vicinity. The neighboring units shall be informed about an emergency

through external telephones or runners. The general public shall be informed about an

emergency using loudspeaker on scooter or rickshaw or car. Help from police shall be

sought if required.

6.3.4.2 STATUTORY INFORMATION

a) Information to Workers

Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and control as

directed in the Factories Act shall be prepared by the unit. This information shall be printed



in the local language and given in the form of booklet to all workers including contract

workers.

b) To the outside emergency services and authorities

Statutory information in the form of booklet shall be given to outside emergency services

and authorities.

c) To neighboring firms and the general public

Statutory information in the form of booklet will be given to neighboring units and the

general public of the villages in the vicinity of the unit.

6.4 ACTION ON SITE

The activities related to emergency time activities shall be divided into two parts. These are

• Pre-emergency activities

• Post-emergency Activities

6.4.1 PRE-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

6.4.1.1 INTERNAL SAFETY SURVEY

A safety committee shall be constituted as per Factories Act. The nominated members of

the committee shall be assigned the responsibility to conduct safety survey once in a month

before safety meeting. The internal safety survey includes –

• Identify various hazards in the factory

• Check whether protective equipments are in sound working condition

• Check various safety installations located at various plants for proper working

• Check sprinklers, showers, etc. in all plants

• Suggest extra modifications/ requirements to make systems more reliable

• Check presence of toxic gases by the help of dragger tube

Frequency of Internal Safety Survey: Once in a month

6.4.1.2 THIRD PARTY SURVEY

A safety survey shall be carried out once in a year by an external agency. It shall include –

• Inspection of building, structures for strength and stability



• Identify and study the hazards inside individual plants and within the factory premises.

• Check safety system for its adequacy.

• Suggest modifications or additions in the operating practices and safety system, if

necessary.

Frequency of Third Party Safety Survey: Once in a year

6.4.1.3 PRESSURE VESSEL TESTING/ EXAMINATION

• To prepare list of pressure vessels in the plant with details of operating conditions and

manufacturing details.

• To carry out preventive maintenance of valves & fittings on all pressure vessels (valves,

pipelines, pressure gauge, temperature recorders and emergency vent lines)

• To arrange for testing and examination of all pressure vessels as per the rules of Factories

Act by govt. certified competent person on due date.

• To maintain record of testing and certificates issued by competent person and make

them available to Factory Inspector at the time of inspection.

Frequency of Pressure Vessel Testing / Examination: Twice in a year

6.4.1.4 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT)

• To prepare list of equipment and pipelines in the plant which require NDT as per the

rules of Factories Act.

• To arrange for Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) as per the rules under Factories Act by

govt. certified competent person on due dates.

• To maintain record of testing and certificates issued by competent person and make

them available to Factory Inspector at the time of inspection.

Frequency of Non-Destructive Testing : Once in a year

6.4.1.5 SAFETY RELIEF VALVES TESTING

• To prepare list of Safety Relief Valves installed on various equipment and pipelines in the

unit alongwith detailed specifications.

• To prepare schedule for testing and calibration as per the rules under Factories Act by

govt. certified agencies on due dates.



• To maintain record of testing and certificates and mark dates of testing and calibration

on the valves.

• To carry out repairs/replacement as suggesting by the testing authority.

Frequency : Twice in a year

6.4.1.6 FIRE SYSTEM TESTING

• To prepare list of various fire-fighting equipment (Fire Extinguishers, etc.) installed at

various locations in the unit along with detailed specifications.

• To prepare schedule for testing of all these equipment and check operability

• To maintain record of testing and mark dates of testing on the equipment.

• To carry out repairs/replacement of defective equipment

Frequency: Once in a month

6.4.1.7 MUTUAL AID SCHEME

• To prepare Mutual Aid Scheme and enter into agreement with the neighboring units for

getting or extending help during emergency

• To appoint coordinator for follow-up under mutual Aid Scheme

• To review the scheme once in a year with coordinators of neighboring units w.r.t. scope

of help, type of aid, contact persons, etc.

• To include the scheme in mock drills

6.4.1.8 MOCK-DRILLS

• To conduct minor mock drills to train employees about their role / duties during

emergency

• To refresh training to the employees for fire fighting, spill control, use of personal

protective equipments etc.

• To check whether various members of emergency control committee remember their

role / duties properly and to find out the faults and points of improvement in their

performance.

• To check whether the various equipment for emergency control are operating

satisfactorily and find and rectify the draw-backs if any.



• To conduct major mock-drills with permission from the authorities

Mock drills shall be regularly conducted in our unit by our Emergency Control Organization

and the findings are compiled to analyze whether employees are familiarized with the

emergency control procedures and what sort of training is required to be given.

6.4.1.9 SAFETY TRAINING

To organize regular training for the employees for handling of safety equipment, use of

personal protective equipment, first-aid, etc. by internal/external faculty, as well as by

sending persons outside to attend safety programs etc. The topics covered in safety

training will be –

• Training on fire fighting

• Training on spill control

• Training on toxic release control

• Training on good housekeeping

• Training on use of PPE

The records of the training programs shall be maintained by the Safety Committee. New

topics will be included in the safety training programs year by year to upgrade safety

knowledge among the workers.

Frequency: Once in a year

6.4.1.10 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

• To procure adequate number of personal protective equipment (aprons, hand gloves,

safety goggles, helmets, nose masks, safety belts, gas cartridges, self-breathing

apparatus, safety shoes etc.) suitable for plant operations and maintain records of use.

• To have proper system for issuing the PPE and disposal of used PPE

• To train the workers about proper use of PPE.

• To check the fresh air blowers provided at confined spaces for fresh air to workers.

6.4.1.11 COMMUNICATION

• To maintain internal/external telephones in working order



• To check alarms / siren / loudspeakers for workability

• To provide manual emergency bells at various location for use during power failure

• To periodically check wind cock for wind direction

• To check lightning arrestors installed at different locations for physical condition and

proper earthing connection.

6.4.1.12 EMERGENCY LIGHTS

• To keep sufficient number of emergency torch/ batteries in ECC as well as at the

production site

• To maintain the three DG sets available in the factory as stand-by for power failure. The

D.G. sets are set to start functioning within two minutes of failure of electricity.

6.4.1.13 EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM

It is necessary to maintain the Emergency Control Room and keep it equipped with all

necessary items, documents, telecommunication systems, PPE etc. required in case of an

emergency.

6.4.1.14 ASSEMBLY POINTS

• To fix assembly points in the factory for non-essential workers

• To fix assembly points for plant emergency staff and coordinators

• To maintain record of no. of workers gathered at the assembly points at the time of

emergency. The Safety Committee shall nominate a person for this duty.

6.4.1.15 LIAISON WITH STATE AUTHORITIES

• To liaison with civil authorities, local hospitals, Fire-Brigade, Collector, factories

Inspector, Police, etc regarding emergency activities and need for external aid.

• To keep the details regarding name, address & telephone numbers of various govt.

authorities and neighboring units available and update the details from time to time.

• To inform about Mock-drill in advance and if required conduct mock-drill in presence of

any of these authorities.



• To submit report of Mock-drill conducted and the out comings with photograph to

Factories Inspector.

6.4.1.16 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

• To equip Occupational Health Centre with First-Aid and medicines

• To keep Health records (esp. blood-group records) of all employees

• To liaison with hospitals in the area of the unit

• To keep list of blood donors ready for reference

• To update arrangements with neighboring units for emergency first aid.

6.4.1.17 OUTSIDE SHELTER

• To reserve space in nearby schools/hospitals/buildings for temporary shelter during

emergency

• To arrange for clothing, food, medicine in temporary shelter

6.4.1.18 STATUTORY INFORMATION

Statutory Information about chemicals handled in the unit, manufacturing process, the

hazards in the unit, methods of prevention and control, first aid measures etc. shall be given

to

- Workers

- Public and Neighboring units

- Government authorities & outside emergency services

6.4.1.19 PROTECTIVE DEVICES & ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE

• Installation of safety valve and pressure gauges on vessels used for high pressure

operations.

• Installation of temperature indicators on reactors, temperature switch or alarm at critical

reactors

• Maintenance of cooling water systems and pumps. To keep standby pump at cooling

tower.



• Installation of overhead water tank for emergency. To keep it filled and regular cleaning

of the same

• Periodic cleaning of heat transfer surfaces (jacket, reactors, shell & tube heat exchangers,

boilers)

• To keep minimum inventory of hazardous materials with records

• To maintain good housekeeping and ensure safety compliance

6.4.1.20 LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT

• To prepare and preserve list of suppliers of safety equipment e.g. first aid box, medicines,

fire extinguishers, PPE, communication, self breathing apparatus, chlorine kit, etc.

• To check all supplies every three months

• To update the list and keep it ready-to-refer location in the plant as well as at ECC

6.4.1.21 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN

• List of major work-place fire hazards

• Potential ignition sources

• Sparks from electrical fitting / motors

• Sparks from welding operations

• Ignition system of boiler house

• Sparks from static electricity

• Fire prevention & control measures

• Use of flameproof electrical fittings and electric motors wherever necessary

• No welding shall be done anywhere in the plant without prior permission from safety

officer and necessary precautions from in charge of the area.

• Ignition system of boiler should be provided with guard

• All vessels and pipeline should be properly earthed to prevent static electricity

• The vent lines of all vessels and tanks holding flammable materials should be provided

with flame arrestors

• Fire extinguishers shall be provided at all critical locations in the unit



6.4.2 POST EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

These activities are to be carried out after an emergency is over so as to establish the cause

of the emergency and decide the measures to be taken to prevent its re-occurrence. These

activities are –

1. Collection of records of accident, injury, damage to property, buildings, equipment,

material and loss of production

2. Conducting enquiries and concluding preventive measures

3. Making insurance claim for the materialistic loss / damage

4. Implementation of enquiry report’s recommendations

5. Rehabilitation of affected persons within and outside the plant

6. Restarting the plant and normalizing the operations.

6.4.3 EMERGENCY TIME ACTIVITIES

The probable emergency situation that can arise in the unit and the corresponding control

actions are describes below.

6.4.3.1 FLAMMABLE RELEASES

Source / Incident – Fire involving spilled combustible material near or in flammable storage

areas

Control action –

1. Any one who notices fire shall sound emergency alarm.

2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess the situation.

For fire due to spillage of combustible material, he activates the on-site plan as -

• He cuts off electric supply to that area and evacuates all the persons to safe

assembly points.

• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to fight fire

with dry chemical / CO2 fire extinguisher or sand.

• He inform fire brigade telling them in briefly about kind of fire and type of

extinguishers required

• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.

• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.

• Fire officer on reaching the site, takes charge of the fire-fighting operations



• Mutual aid teams shall be asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport etc.

• If fire is growing, fire officer informs IC who alerts neighboring units and through

SMC gets more fire-fighting help.

• Fire fighting shall be continued till fire is fully overcome

• After extinguishing fire, fire officer cools the entire area with water spray and checks

that no re-ignition shall be likely. After that, he declares the area safe.

• IC tells essential workers to sound all clear

• The incident shall be recorded

• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.

• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.

• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information

6.4.3.2 TOXIC RELEASES

Source / Incident – Pressure release due to failure of

- Stuffing box gland packing

- Pressure release valve

- Vessel / pipeline failure

Control action –

1. Any one who notices the release shall sound emergency alarm.

2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess the situation.

For toxic release from a reactor, he activates the on-site plan as -

• He evacuates all the persons to safe assembly point.

• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to wear self-

breathing apparatus and if the reaction is exothermic, start cooling water flow in the

reactor jacket and cool the reactor as soon as possible.

• The essential workers stop all the charging pumps of that reactor and the nearby

reactors.

• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.

• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.

• Mutual aid teams shall be asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport etc.



• When the leak stops and the air shall clear of toxic release, IC tells essential workers

to sound all clear.

• The vessel / rupture disc/gland packing will be attended by maintenance

department.

• The incident shall be recorded

• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.

• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.

• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information

6.4.3.3 CHEMICAL SPILL

Most of the storage tanks shall be located in Storage Tank Yards. Dyke walls of sufficient size

will be connected around the tank yard. Neutralizing material shall be kept nearby. For

dilution, water connection will be provided on all sides of tank farms. Sand buckets shall be

provided for covering spillage of flammable / corrosive materials.

6.4.4 EVACUATION & TRANSPORTATION

All non-essential workers shall be evacuated from incident area and adjacent areas to safe

assembly points. Assembly points shall be clearly marked and assembly point in-charge will

also be designated. The assembly point in-charge will be a well-trained supervisor who shall

keep record of persons arriving at the assembly point and direct them for proper gathering.

He shall also inform the ECC about the persons gathered at the assembly point. Those in

need of medical treatment shall be transported to first-aid center / hospital as the case may

be. In case of major emergency all non-essential workers shall be transported to temporary

shelter.

6.4.5 SAFE CLOSE-DOWN

As per the instructions from IC or SMC, some parts or full of the plant shall be closed down

by the essential workers. The procedure for safe shut-down and start-up will be given in

safety manual given to all workers.



6.4.6 USE OF MUTUAL AID

Mutual aid from neighboring units shall be called up as and when required. The aid shall be

taken under the supervision of SMC.

6.4.7 HELP OF EXTERNAL AUTHORIES

Outside authorities such as Police, District Emergency Authority (DEA), Factory Inspector,

Disaster Management Centre, GIDC officer, Industries Association, Regional Pollution

Control Board, nearby hospitals etc. shall be informed of the on-site and off-site emergency

plans and called in as per need.

6.4.8 MEDICAL TREATMENT

Injured workers shall be located and given prompt first-aid by essential workers and key

personnel. Those requiring medical treatment shall be taken to the hospital / outside

medical center.

6.4.9 ACCOUNTING FOR PERSONNEL

Through daily muster rolls and with the help of shift-in-charge the head count shall be

undertaken to find out whether persons are missing and if so immediate search shall be

carried out to locate them. The list shall include company employees, contract workers as

well as visitors. Help from local authority or fire-brigade shall be taken if required. This list

shall be kept with time keeper / security officer at any time and shall be used to account for

personnel. Injured shall be taken to hospitals and their families/relatives shall be informed

Casualties would be identified, their families and local authority shall be informed.

6.4.10 ACCESS TO RECORDS

In order to inform families/relatives of injured/dead, a up-to-date list of names and

addresses of all the workers is maintained in addition to the muster roll where shift-wise

attendance is marked. Such list includes health records. This list will be available at the ECC

and one such copy shall be available at our head office.



6.4.11 PUBLIC RELATIONS

Our General Manager shall be the only nominated person to issue administrative statement

about the accident or emergency to news/media. No other person shall divulge any

information to any news / media person.

6.4.12 REHABILITATION

In case of Toxic release or chemical spillage, Senior Fire Brigade Officer would ensure that

the incident area shall be safe and cleaned up of all mess. Then only, he would allow people

to re-enter the location. In case of fire, the Senior Fire-Brigade Officer shall ensure that the

area is cooled down and there are no chances of re-ignition. IC shall arrange for clean-up of

the area and then only people shall be allowed to re-enter the area for work.

Even when all clear has been given, great care shall be taken when re-entering affected

areas and no work in connection with the salvage, collection of evidence or start up shall be

taken up until a thorough examination of the area has been carried out. The statutory

powers of the Factory Inspector shall be kept in mind before any evidence is disturbed.

Particular care shall be taken to avoid the introduction of possible sources of ignition, such

as diesel engines, hand or power operated tools, flame cutting equipment, etc. until it has

been established that no flammable materials are present where they could be ignited.

6.5 OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

6.5.1 NEED OF THE OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

An off-site emergency plan is prepared to deal with those incidents which have the potential

to harm persons or the environment outside the boundary of the factory premises. A major

accident, major emergency and disaster may affect areas outside the plant. An explosion

can scatter debris over wide areas and its effects of blasts can cover considerable distances.

Wind can spread burning fumes of toxic gases. Thus the events like these described above

can affect outside areas and combating them needs an Off-site Emergency plan.

Envisaging such a rare incident, an off-site emergency plan should be drawn up for the

following purpose.



1. To provide basic information about the risk and environmental impact assessment

related to the unit to local / district authorities, police, fire-brigade, surrounding

units, and the general public. To appraise them of consequences and the protection

/ prevention measures and control actions and to seek their help to communicate

with public in case of a major emergency. The information from all industries shall

enable district authorities to educate public about what could go wrong, and to train

them of measures to be taken as an individual.

2. To enable district authorities to prepare the off-site emergency plan (contingency)

for the district or particular area and to organize rehearsals and initiate actions

learnt from these incidents.

Our Emergency Plan shall be made after considering the all possible effects of incidents on

the neighboring population and the remedial measures will be devised in consultation with

the local authorities and emergency services.

6.5.2 STRUCTURE OF THE OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

IC District Authorities Mutual Aid teams, outside

SMC (Collector, Factory services, voluntary

Essential Workers Inspector, Police) organizations

(Implementing Information, Evacuation (Fire-fighting, Gas leak

Action plan, control, First-aid, Shelter,

Informing nearby Hospitalization,

Public) Transportation)

6.5.3 ROLE OF FACTORY MANAGEMENT

The Off-Site emergency Plans are dovetail so that the emergency services shall be

summoned at the appropriate time and shall be provided with accurate information and a

correct assessment of the situation. The responsibility for this is with the Site Main

Controller. The Site Main Controller shall provide a copy of our On-Site and Off-Site

Emergency Plan to the District authorities, the Factories Inspectorate and the Emergency

Services, so that on the basis of information and such authorities can make their emergency



preparedness plan to formulate and execute the District / Area off Site Emergency Plan.

Further on the advice of the authorities we can also modify our plan to make our plan more

effective and perfect.

6.5.4 ROLE OF EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICER (ECO)

The various emergency services will be co-ordinated by the Emergency Co-ordination officer

(ECO), who will likely to be a Collector. The ECO will liaise closely with the Site Main

Controller. The Emergency Control Centre of the factory can be utilized by the ECO to keep

liaison with the Site Main Controller.

6.5.5 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES

The control of fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire officer who would take

over the handling of fire from the IC on arrival at the site.

• The senior fire brigade officer may also have similar responsibility for other events such

as explosion and toxic releases. Fire authority having major hazard units in the area

shall- Familiarize themselves with the location and site of all stages of flammable

materials, water and foam supply points, fire fighting equipment.

• Act as observer of an on-site exercise involving only site personnel

6.5.6 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including Doctors, Surgeons, Hospitals, and Ambulances so on, have a

vital part to play following a Major Accident and they should form an integral part of any

emergency plan. In case of major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal

radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this type of

injuries cases may be generally available in most of the hospitals. But in case of major toxic

releases, the effects vary according to the chemical, which has leaked, and it is important for

health authorities that might be involved in dealing with the aftermath of a toxic release to

be familiar with the treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major Off-Site incidents are

likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally and a

Medical 'Mutual Aid' scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring

authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.



6.5.7 ROLE OF TELEPHONE DEPARTMENT

The communication system between the factory and the various above role-playing

authorities must be effective. The ineffective public telephone system will not be useful in

emergency. Therefore, telephone department should maintain the phones and if required

temporary telephone connection may be provided to various above authorities to deal the

emergency.

6.5.8 ROLE OF POLICE AND EVACUATION AUTHORITIES

• To protect life and property

• To control traffic movement

• To inform people to remain indoors or evacuate

• To carry-out evacuation

• To identify dead, deal with casualties and inform relatives of dead or injured.

For evacuation, the following criteria are useful:

a) In case of major fire, only houses close to fire and in the direction of smoke need

evacuation

b) If fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it is

necessary to evacuate people nearby if time is available; otherwise they should be

informed to keep themselves indoor and shield from the fire.

c) For release of toxic gases, limited evacuation may be appropriate in downwind

direction with windows closed and provides good protection. Toxic gases which are

hazardous down to much lower concentration cover a long distance. This factor

must be considered while deciding upon the need and extent of evacuation.

6.5.9 ROLE OF THE MUTUAL-AID AGENCIES

Mutual-aid arrangements shall be made in areas of fire & toxicity control, medical and

transport & evacuation. All partners of mutual-aid shall extend all possible help in these

areas.



6.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection,

testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and machines are

the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems

like occupational health and safety.

The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take steps to minimize the

impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health and safety

including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified under construction and

erection, and operation and maintenance.

6.6.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the

above phases.

6.6.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to

constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements

to reduce it within TLV's, necessary protective equipments shall be supplied to workers.

6.6.1.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily

due to noise which could affect consultation. The necessary personal protective equipments

will be given to all the workers. The working personnel shall be given the following

appropriate personnel protective equipments.

• Industrial Safety Helmet;

• Face shield

• Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;

• Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;

• Welders equipment for eye and face protection;



• Cylindrical type earplug;

• Ear muffs;

• Canister Gas mask;

• Self contained breathing apparatus;

• Leather apron;

• Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves;

• Boiler suit;

• Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

• Leather hand gloves;

• Asbestos hand gloves;

• Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

• Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;

• Lead hand glove;

• Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

• Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.

6.6.1.3 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

It is proposed that client will make formal agreements with nearby hospital having facilities

to attend fire and toxic effect cases for attending the affected persons in the emergency

arising out of accidents, if any.

6.6.1.4 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER

A qualified doctor will be appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him,

Paramedical Staff will be employed.



6.6.1.5 PROPOSED FACILITY TO BE MADE AVAILABLE AT OHC

One Room is proposed to be provided to be operated as OHC. The centre will be equipped

with following medical equipments:—

1. Examination Table

2 Dressing Tables For performing Dressing

3. Glucometer For measurement of Blood Sugar

4 Vision chart To evaluate vision acuity

5. Nebuliser For relieving coughs & Breathing Difficulty

6. Infra red light for relieving muscular pain

7. Suction machine For cleaning airway

8. Autoclave machine For sterilizing cotton &dressing material

9. Weighing Machine For measuring body weight

10. Medical Oxygen Cylinder kit

11. Sphygmomanometer To measure blood pressure

12. Refrigerator To preserve medicines

13. Thermometer

6.6.1.6 AMBULANCE VAN

An ambulance van is proposed to be made available 24 hours at Fire Station.

6.6.1.6 FIRST AID BOX

First Aid Boxes are proposed to be made available at the different location in the plant,

Training to be given to employees for First Aid.

6.6.1.7 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION

It is proposed that client will ensure that…

(1) Workers employed shall be medically examined by a qualified medical practitioner/

Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner:

(a) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the

particular job;



(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect

of occupational health hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion

of the Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any

workers;

© In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked. Viz., LIVER

FUNCRION TESTS, Chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision,

color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG and other parameters as will be found

necessary as per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.

(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of granted by the

Factory Medical Officer.

6.6.1.8 EMP FOR THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH HAZARDS SO THAT SUCH

EXPOSURE CAN BE KEPT WITHIN PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LEVEL (PEL)/THRESHOLD

LEVEL VALUE (TLV) SO AS TO PROTECT HEALTH OF WORKERS

1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and Health

with following aims…

• To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL and TLV.

• Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

• Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned department for

occupational health hazards.

• Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it is found

necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

2. It is proposed that this EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian

Standards on OH&S Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational Health and

Safety Management Systems

3. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also.

4. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-born concentration of toxic

and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like…

a. Leak Surveys

b. Separate storage for toxic chemicals

c. Exhaust Ventilation

d. Proper illumination

e. On-line detectors toxic chemicals like Chlorine and Bromine



f. Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

g. Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

h. Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing

apparatus at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals

i. Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.

j. Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and

corrosive chemicals

k. Display of warning boards

l. Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals

5. Workplace Monitoring Plan

• It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented in

consultation with FMO and industrial hygienists.

• Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic substances

or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured

and record will be kept.

• The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For purposes of

measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient t o place a reasonably

accurate exposure measuring device on the worker , within t he worker ’s breathing

zone, and have it operate for nearly the full shift. Client has been proposed to study the

exposure data when the plant is operative.

6. Health Evaluation of Workers

1. It is proposed that management will device a plan to check and evaluate the exposure

specific health status evaluation of workers

2. Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health

hazards likely to be present where he/she is being expected to work before being

employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest x ray,

Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried out. However, the parameters and frequency of

such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and

Industrial Hygienists.

3. While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with specific

reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health

evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions likely to be affected

during work. The parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in



consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists. Plan of monthly and

yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety.

6.6.1.9 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

Pre-employment Medical Check Up

1. Chest X-ray

2. Cardiogram

3. Audiometry

4. Hematological Examination:- CBC, SGOT, SGPT, Cholesterol, Blood Sugar etc

5. Urine Examination

6. Vision test

7. Colour blindness test

8. Lung function test- Spirometry

Periodical Medical Check up

1. Lung Function test

2. Cardiogram

3. Audiometry

4. Hematological Examination

5. Urine examination

6. Vision test

7. Colour blindness test

8. Biomarker in Blood & Urine

6.6.2 SAFETY PLAN

Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern.

Safety plan shall be prepared and implemented in the proposed project activity. The

preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency

plan. The disaster in the plant is possible due to collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc.

• The proposed expansion project would formulate safety policy keeping in view the safety

requirement during construction, operation, maintenance phases, with the following

regulations:

• To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;

• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design,

construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment;

• To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;



• To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing and

to ensure their proper use;

• To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work which

are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;

• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary

changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up to date

knowledge;

• To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness

at work;

• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees in

health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these

matters;

• To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire

fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service;

• To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and

incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective,

remedial and preventive action;

• To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and safety

matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

• To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of

employees;

• To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a

plant; and

• To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all

buildings, equipments, work places and operations.

6.6.3 SAFETY ORGANIZATION

Construction and Erection Phase

A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the

safety officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers

and advice on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and

provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and

health. He is also responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions.

Operation and Maintenance Phase



When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance

with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as

defined there of.

6.6.4 SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous

processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area

of work. The circle would consist of about five to six employees from that area. The circle

normally shall meet for about an hour every week.

6.6.5 SAFETY TRAINING

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty

members called from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular

employees, limited contractor labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety

awareness safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires are:

• Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable

passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of

occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting

operations;

• Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable

shafts;

• Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks

for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;

• Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire

watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and

• Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.



6.6.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN

The health of all employees shall be periodically monitored for early detection of any

ailment due to exposure to heat and noise.

6.7 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS

6.7.1 NEED OF TRAINNING & REHEARASAL

Training is important in order to –

• Teach worker’s how to handle chemicals safely, how to act as a runner/messenger, how

to use PPE, how to start and shut down the plant, how to carry out emergency repairs

etc.

• Teach one to be a safe and alert worker.

Rehearsal is essential for -

• Explaining and making key personnel and essential workers aware of their role in case of

an emergency.

• Testing the emergency procedure, emergency arrangements and ability of all involved

with it to grasp the procedure and implement the same.

• Testing the effectiveness of communication system including the alternative

arrangement in case of failure.

• Testing the speed of mobilization of resources, search, rescue and treatment of

casualties, emergency isolation and shut down.

• Detecting the shortcomings in the emergency plan and incorporating remedial measures.

• Allowing professional emergency services to test their parts of the plan and testing co-

ordination.

• Building confidence in workers which is helpful in facing real situations.

Training shall be given to regular employees and contract personnel also. Effective and

latest teaching aids will be used to train workers and supervisory staff. Such training courses

shall be conducted once in a year and co-ordination with offsite personnel shall be sought

during such training. Records will be maintained for training.



6.7.2 SOME CHECK POINTS

Following points can be checked at the time of training/assessing the adequacy of the

Emergency Plan.

� Does the plan cover the range of incidents that can realistically be anticipated?

� Have the consequences of the various incidents considered been adequately assessed?

� Are there sufficient resources in terms of personnel and equipment on the site to carry

out the Emergency Plan for the various incidents in conjunction with the public

emergency services?

� Have the time scales been assesses correctly?

� Is there a logical sequence of actions for each person given a role in the plan? Whether

key personnel, especially the nominated incident controllers, consulted in the

preparation of the plan?

� Is there 24 hours cover, to take account of absences due to sickness and holidays,

minimum shift manning, operator only periods, silent hours, shutdown periods, only

security personnel being present, or for unmanned sites etc.?

� Is there satisfactory co-operation with the local emergency services and district

emergency planning officers?

� At sites where an off-site plan to protect people and the environment outside the site in

the event of an incident is appropriate what is the procedure for initiating the off-site

plan and is this satisfactory?

6.7.3 RECORDS AND UPDATING THE PLAN

All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan and modifications by experience and

suggestion, the rehearsals and conclusions of such plans and the enquiries shall be well

maintained and preserved. The necessary data bank shall be also maintained for the utility

of industries and others. New information and the deficiencies identified during the

rehearsal is reviewed and incorporated in the document for continual up dating of the plan

and such information shall be communicated to the concerned authorities.



6.8 HAZOP STUDY

6.8.1 OBJECTIVE

For identifying cause and the consequences of perceived mal operations of equipment and

associated operator interfaces in the context of the complete system. It accommodates the

status of recognized design standards and codes of practice but rightly questions the

relevance of these in specific circumstances where hazards may remain undetected.

6.8.2 PURPOSE OF HAZOP

It emphasizes upon the operating integrity of a system, thereby leading methodically to

most potential and detectable deviations which could conceivably arise in the course of

normal operating routine

- including "start-up” and "shut-down" procedures

- as well as steady-state operations.

It is important to remember at all times that HAZOP is an identifying technique and not

intended as a means of solving problems nor is the method intended to be used solely as an

undisciplined means of searching for hazardous scenarios.

6.8.3 FEATURES OF HAZOP STUDY

Subsystems of interest line and valve, etc

Equipment, Vessels

Modes of operation Normal operation

Start -up mode

Shutdown mode

Maintenance /construction / inspection mode

Trigger events Human failure

Equipment /instrument/component failure

Supply failure

Emergency environment event

Other causes of abnormal operation, including

instrument disturbance

Effects within plant Changes in chemical conditions

Changes in inventory

Change in chemical physical conditions

Hazardous conditions Release of material

Changes in material hazard characteristics

Operating limit reached

Energy source exposed etc.

Corrective actions Change of process design

Change of operating limits



Change of system reliability

Improvement of material containment

Change control system

Add/remove materials

How would hazardous During normal operation

Conditions detected? Upon human failure

Upon component failure

In other circumstances

Contingency actions Improve isolation

Improve protection

6.8.4 HAZOP STUDY PROCEDURE

• Procedure in HAZOP study consists of examining the process and instrumentation (P&I)

line diagram, process line by process line.

• A list of guide words is used to generate deviations from normal operation

corresponding to all conceivable possibilities.

• Guide words covering every parameter relevant to the system under review i.e. flow

rate and quality, pressure, temperature, viscosity, components etc.

• Flowchart for application of HAZOP is shown in figure.



HAZOP STUDY FLOW CHART



GUIDE WORDS

NONE No forward flow when there should be

MORE More of any parameter than there should be, e.g. more

flow, more pressure, more temperature, etc.

LESS As above, but "less of" in each instance

PART System composition difference from what it should be

MORE THAN More "components" present than there should be for

example, extra phase, impurities

OTHER What needs to happen other than normal operation, e.g.

start up, shutdown, maintenance?

NONE e.g., NO FLOW caused by blockage; pump failure; valve

closed or jammed: leak: valve open; suction vessel empty;

delivery side over - pressurized: vapor lock; control failure

REVERSE e.g., REVERSE FLOW caused by pump failure: NRV failure or

wrongly inserted; wrong routing; delivery over pressured;

back- siphoning; pump reversed

MORE OF e.g., MORE FLOW caused by reduced delivery head ; surging

; suction pressurized ; controller failure ; valve stuck open

leak ; incorrect instrument reading.

MORE OF MORE TEMPERATURE, pressure caused by external fires;

blockage ; shot spots; loss of control ; foaming; gas release;

reaction; explosion; valve closed; loss of level in heater; sun.

LESS OF e.g., LESS FLOW caused by pump failure; leak; scale in

delivery; partial blockage ; sediments ; poor suction head;

process turndown.

LESS e.g., low temperature, pressure caused by Heat loss;

vaporization; ambient conditions; rain; imbalance of input

and output; sealing; blocked vent.

PART OF Change in composition high or low concentration of mixture;

additional reactions in reactor or other location; feed

change.

MORE THAN Impurities or extra phase Ingress of contaminants such as

air, water, lube oils; corrosion products; presence of other

process materials due to internal leakage ; failure of

isolation ; start-up features.

OTHER Activities other than normal operation start-up and

shutdown of plant ; testing and inspection ; sampling ;

maintenance; activating catalyst; removing blockage or scale

; corrosion; process emergency ; safety procedures activated

; failure of power, fuel, steam , air, water or inert gas;

emissions and lack of compatibility with other emission and

effluents.



6.8.5 PROCESS HAZARD AND ITS CONTROL

Parameter Guide

Word

Name of

hazardous

process

and

operation

Possible causes Possible

consequences

Measures

safeguard

Action Require

Distillation

More Good Heating 1. No process hazards.

It is part of the

requirement.

2. It will accelerate

the distillation

process.

Temp.

Less Poor Heating No distillation will

take place. Process

delayed.

More Not Possible -- Pressure

Less Not Possible --

More Not Possible --

1. Temperature

gauge &

pressure

gauge

provided.

2. Sight glass

provided.

3. Safety valve

provided .

4. Cooling &

chilling

arrangement

with

alternative

provided.

1. Non return Valve to be provided.

2. Arrow indicator to be provided on

pipeline.

3. Stand by pump to be provided.

4. Pump, storage tank & pipe line

identification to be done.

5. Color code to be provided.

6. Periodic checking of the condenser

to be followed.

Flow

Power

Failure

Distillation

No GEB Supply Distillation will not

achieve.

D.G.Set

provided.

Raw material to the storage tank ( Day Tank ) - Transferring

No 1. No material

in the

storage tank.

2. Pump

tripped.

3. Pump

discharge

valve closed.

4. Heavy

leakage in

pipe line or

chocking the

pipeline.

No material to service

tank.

Pressure gauge

provided on the

pump discharge

valve.

pipeline

arrangement

with alternative

provided.

1. Non-returnable Valve to be

provided.

2. Arrow indicator to be provided on

pipeline.

3. Stand by pump to be provided.

4. Pump, storage tank & pipe line

identification to be done.

5. Color code to be provided.

6. Work permit procedure to be

followed for handling of

hazardous chemicals.

7. PPE compliance to be followed

during handling of acid.

More 1. Valve

opened

more than

set value

2. Human

Error.

More material to the

service tank.

Reverse Not possible

Flow

Pressure

Less

Transferrin

g of Raw

material to

the Storage

Tank

SOP to be prepared.



Transferring of Raw material from storage tank to Process vessel

More 1. Seasonal effect

2. Poor insulation

of pipeline.

3. Falling of hot

water on

uninsulated

line.

4. Incoming

material from

storage tank

itself has high

temperature.

1. More pressure in the

pipeline may give rise

to leakage.

2. From poor flange

joints, valve. Fire &

health hazards.

Insulation on

pipeline &

batch tank

provided.

1. Considering this

sufficient quantity of

water shall be ensured.

2. All flange joints shall be

checked regularly.

Temp.

Less 1. Seasonal effect

2. Leakage of

chilled water

from tank.

No workplace Hazards. Safety valve

provided on

batch tank.

More 1. N2 pressures

more.

2. Valve failure

3. FIC mal

function.

4. Human error.

1. Pressure rise in batch

tank.

2. Leakage in flange joint.

3. Safety valve of batch

tank may popup.

4. Tank filling operation

completed in less

time.

Pressure gauge shall be

provided on batch tank.

Pressure

Less 1. Low pressure of

N2 itself.

No safety hazards but it will

take more time for filling

operation.

More Same as

Pressure

Same as Pressure Same as Pressure

Less 1. Choking in the

excess flow

valve. (Holes are

choked.)

2. Low pressure of

N2 itself.

3. Valve choked.

No safety hazards but it will

take more time for filling

operation.

Flow

Reverse

Transferri

ng of Raw

material

from the

Storage

Tank to

Process

Vessel

No chances 1. NRV

provided.

2. Auto shut

off valve

provided.



Transferring of Raw material from storage tank to Process vessel

More 5. Seasonal

effect

6. Poor

insulation of

pipeline.

7. Falling of hot

water on

uninsulated

line.

8. Incoming

material

from storage

tank itself

has high

temperature

.

3. More pressure in

the pipeline may

give rise to

leakage.

4. From poor flange

joints, valve. Fire

& health

hazards.

Insulation on

pipeline & batch

tank provided.

3. Considering this sufficient

quantity of water shall be

ensured.

4. All flange joints shall be checked

regularly.

Temp.

Less 3. Seasonal

effect

4. Leakage of

chilled water

from tank.

No workplace

Hazards.

Safety valve

provided on

batch tank.

More 5. N2 pressures

more.

6. Valve failure

7. FIC mal

function.

8. Human

error.

5. Pressure rise in

batch tank.

6. Leakage in flange

joint.

7. Safety valve of

batch tank may

popup.

8. Tank filling

operation

completed in less

time.

Pressure gauge shall be provided on

batch tank.

Pressure

Less 2. Low

pressure of

N2 itself.

No safety hazards but

it will take more time

for filling operation.

More Same as

Pressure

Same as Pressure Same as Pressure

Less 4. Choking in

the excess

flow valve.

(Holes are

choked.)

5. Low

pressure of

N2 itself.

6. Valve

choked.

No safety hazards but

it will take more time

for filling operation.

Flow

Reverse

Transferri

ng of Raw

material

from the

Storage

Tank to

Process

Vessel

No chances 3. NRV

provided.

4. Auto shut off

valve

provided.



6.8.6 PLANNING FOR HAZOP

• Safety procedures documents

• Relief/venting philosophy

• Chemical involved

• Piping specifications

• Carry out the study

• Record the results

• Follow-up of actions noted

1. Final report contains resolution of all recommended actions.

2. Must appoint someone as leader to check progress of action.

3. Team may meet again if answers to questions do not simply lead to an action.

Team may meet again if significant design changes in interim report.



CHAPTER - 7

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 BACKGROUND

The industry shall adopt a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which

will cover several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of

environmental pollution resulting from the project, but also for the improvement in the

ambient environment. The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent

sections. An EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are

identified and implemented in order to protect the environment and comply with

environmental legislation.

7.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management area will be handled by a Qualified Manager with adequate

training and experience in operation of ETP and management of other pollution control

measures. He will be assisted by a Qualified Executive and one operator (in each shift) to run

ETP and other pollution control system.

All the necessary controls w.r.t. management of Liquid / Hazardous / Gaseous pollutants will

be exercised.

For all liquid effluents, full fledged effluent treatment plant consisting of primary, secondary

and tertiary treatment will be installed to ensure adequate treatment prior to discharge.

Process stacks will be equipped at safe height with scrubbers where required to ensure

emissions within prescribed limits.

To handle hazardous waste as per Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 of Environment Protection Act, 1986.

Hazardous waste will be disposed off at the common Incinerator / secured land fill facility

available in the nearby vicinity.

• Fixed gas detection system will be installed in the workplace area.

• Work place monitoring will be carried out regularly through continuous monitoring

systems and periodic checking.

• Ambient air quality will be monitored regularly.



• Good green belt will be maintained inside and outside the premises by planting

trees, developing lawns.

• To work in R&D for continuous improvement in process to reduce Pollution Load &

moving towards adopting cleaner production technology.

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective

implementation. In this effect, M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will assign responsibilities to

officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management

and implementation of environment control measures.

An organogram of Environment management cell is shown in Figure 7.1. This department

shall undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stack emissions,

Ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either departmentally or by

appointing external agency whenever necessary. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall have

its own laboratory equipped with different equipment for environmental monitoring. M/s.

Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall carry out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensure

that pollution is limited below prescribed limits and shall take corrective action by providing

new pollution control equipment if required. In case the monitored results of environment

pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are taken through the

concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control

equipment of each department is under respective department heads.

The environmental department shall also look after preparation and submission of Water

Cess Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization

application/ renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS

Standards, 2009 and Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary) Third

Amended Rules, 2010 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.



FIGURE - 7.1

ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

DIRECTOR / CEO

GENERAL MANAGER

MANAGER / ASST. MANAGER

EXECTUTIVES / OFFICERS

OPERATORS



7.3.1 ENVIRONMENT POLICY



Monitoring points /locations and components

Environmental monitoring plan shall be decided considered the environmental impact likely

to occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track

timely and regularly change in the environmental condition and to take timely action to

protect the environment

Sr. No.

Components Environmental Monitoring Points/Location

1. Ambient Air Ambient air quality at minimum 3

Location, including the plant premises

2. Water & Waste water • Intake Raw Water Quality

• Wastewater from all Source

• Wastewater at different stages of Effluent

Treatment Plant

3 Noise

•At all source and outside the Plant Area.

• At least 5 points near/around the plant

4. Greenbelt/Vegetation Cover Greenbelt Area at Boundary & Reserved Area

5. Solid Waste • Process Dust generated & Collected from All Dust

Collection Systems as Solid wastes

• Other solid waste

6. Soil At least two Locations from Area near the company.

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL:

To facilitate the Environment Management System, one of the most important aspects is

the organization and personnel. The unit will form an Environment Management Cell for

achievement of the following:

• Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.

• Analyze the data and decide the critical areas for immediate attention and corrective

actions. Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made

under Environment Management Plan.



• Prepare budget for environment management program and proper allocation of the

funds for the same.

• Qualified and experienced person in the field of Environment either environmental

engineer or environmental scientist will be appointed for overall responsibility for

the management of all the issues related to Environment, Health and Safety within

the plant. In consultation with in-charge of the plant, he will directly report to the

Senior Management (Director / Executive Director) of the company for Issues related

to the Environment Management System of the unit.

7.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

• To develop & to promote the technology having minimum pollution of Air, Water &

Land.

• Educating & promoting staff & workers for creating safe working atmosphere.

• More & more tree plantation in the surrounding open area within site.

7.3.3 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

• Director/CEO is overall responsible for effective implementation of Occupational

Health, Safety & Environment Management System (HSEMS)

• Core Committee conducts management review every Six months to assess the

effectiveness of HSE Management System. If necessary the committee allocates

resources for taking Corrective and Preventive action on Non-Conformance.

• The Core Committee advises and monitors the establishment and implementation of

HSEMS

• HODs, Dept. in-charges, Supervisors, are responsible for implementing HSE

Management Programs. Safety Officer to lead the programme. All the employees are

responsible for implementing and maintaining HSE Management System.

• HODs are responsible to define and monitor the key characteristics for measure of

performance in HSE. HODs are responsible for control of all the documents and data

as per the requirement of ISO-14001 and OHSAS 18001

• Verification activities, including internal HSE Audits, are carried out at the direction of

Core committee and team of Internal Auditors.



The organization structure of M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries at Plot No. Z- 25, 26, 27, 28,

SEZ Dahej, Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch (Guj.) will be as per Organization Chart.

The Roles, responsibilities, accountabilities and authorities of key personnel have been

defined in the following paragraphs:

ROLE – 1: GENERAL MANAGER (OPERATION HEAD)

RESPONSIBILITIES:

• He is responsible for entire activities of Unit.

• He is responsible to define HSE policy and ensure that this policy is understood,

implemented and maintained at all levels in the organization.

• He is also responsible to provide adequate resources for achieving improved

Occupational Health Safety and environmental performance

• He is responsible for setting organizational HSE objectives and targets.

• He is also responsible to review HSE management system at appropriate intervals, to

ensure its continuing and effectiveness. Monitoring of effectiveness of the system shall

be done through Management Reviews

• He is also responsible to appoint Management Representative and extend support and

resources in implementing HSE management system.

• He is responsible for procurement of raw material (Indigenous & Imported) and

engineering goods as per the specifications.

• He is overall responsible to ensure that legal requirements are met as per the legal

register.

• Review the implementation of HSE Management System and its effectiveness, at

appropriate intervals, to ensure continual improvement of the organization’s overall

performance.

• In absence of General Manager, other unit’s Operations Head oversees his functions.

CEO also may look into the delegation of authority, during his absence.



ACCOUNTABILITY

He is accountable for all operations being carried out in the organization. His scope of

accountability in terms of HSE is as follows

1. Establishment, operation and maintenance of ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 systems

in all spheres of manufacturing site.

2. Review of performance and progress of the management systems by periodic

review through Management review.

3. To ensure availability of resources essential to establish, implement, maintain and

improve the HSE management system.

MRM INCLUDES

1. The MRM shall obtain the findings of statutory inspection and testing reports from

concerned departments and present in the management review meeting for

discussion and action.

2. The minutes of the Management Review Meeting are recorded and circulated to all

members of the HSE Apex Committee.

Assistant MR shall prepare minutes of meeting within two days after the meeting. He shall

ensure that the review outputs are recorded in the “Action decided” column of format of

Minutes of Management review meeting.

7.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management plan is meant for mitigation/ management of the adverse

impacts and the strengthening positive impacts during proposed expansion project.

Environment Management Plan is tabulated in Table:-7.1

7.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During Construction Phase sanitation facilities are required. Temporary facilities shall be

made available to construction personnel. Necessary PPEs shall also be provided.

• Sanitation



The site should be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary facilities to maintain proper

standard of hygiene for construction workers. These facilities should include water supply,

sanitary toilets, rest room, etc.

• Noise Environment

Noise effect on the nearly habitation during construction activities will be negligible as the

nearest habitat is more than 3 km from the plant. However, construction labor would be

provided with noise protection devises like ear muffs and occupational safety ware, as per

requirement. And noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night hours.

• Construction Equipment & Waste

The waste oil generated by construction equipment, if any, would be disposed through

authorized recyclers and unauthorized dumping of waste oil shall be avoided. Other wastes

shall be disposed-off by adopting environmentally compatible methodology.

• Storage of Hazardous Materials

The hazardous material such as lubricating oils, compressed gases (for welding), paints,

varnishes, etc. are required to be stored at the site during construction phase. Since, these

materials are hazardous in nature; they shall be stored as per the prescribed / accepted

safety norms.

• Solid / Hazardous Waste Disposal

The hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol, diesel, welding

gas and paints. These materials would be stored and handled according to the guidelines

specified under Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement)

Third Amendment Rules, 2010 by MoEF. Some of the precautions of storage and handling of

the hazardous materials and waste includes the following:

� Dyke enclosures would be provided where-ever necessary for storage of hazardous

materials.

� Diesel and other fuels would be stored in separate dyke enclosures.



� Separate storage for waste paints and thinners, contaminated rags and brushes to

facilitate recycling and reuse. Rags could be laundered for reuse.

� Vehicle maintenance area to be selected properly, to prevent contamination of soil

and ground water by accidental spillage of oil, and other wastes

TABLE:-7.1

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

ENVIRONMENT

ISSUE/COMPONENT

REMEDIAL MEASURES

Hazardous waste generation &

disposal

Proper collection, Safe Handling, Storage within premises and

disposal of waste at approved TSDF, incineration facility, re-

cyclers, re-processors.

Effluent generation and

treatment

New Effluent treatment plant will be provided for treatment of

wastewater generated from new project.

Emission from stack Adequate pollution control system will be provided for control of

gaseous emission.

• Adequate stack height for better dispersion of pollutants

• Scrubbers at Process Vents

Noise Acoustic enclosure on DG sets, engineering control at high noise

level areas like compressors etc, wherever feasible, proper oiling,

lubrication and maintenance of equipment, development of

greenbelt around plant boundary and inside plant

Greenbelt 33.9% of the plant area will be developed as greenbelt.

Rainwater harvesting Rainwater harvesting will be done for this project.

Information and awareness about

hazardous chemicals plant

Awareness and information will be provided within 5 km of the

study area about the hazardous situations.

Preparedness to handle onsite &

offsite emergency

Onsite & Offsite Emergency Management Plan will be prepared

Monitoring of Environmental

parameters

Regular monitoring of various environmental parameters will be

carried out to check the effectiveness of the control system.



7.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water requirement shall be met through GIDC Water supply. However, record of water

consumption for different usages should be maintained.

Water Pollution and Its Mitigation Plan

Total water requirement is 34.5 KL/day [24 Fresh + 10.5 Reuse] which is met through GIDC

water supply. The wastewater generation is 14.5 KL/day in which the industrial 10.5 KL/Day

(processing 8.5 KL/Day is treated from inter reaction of RM, reused in cooling and 2.0

KL/Day is cooling bleed off and utilized in greenbelt). So, there will be no industrial waste

water generation and Domestic Waste water generation 4 KL/Day is disposed in septic

tank/soak pit.

Construction Phase

• The drinking water and sanitation facilities at the project site are available to the

construction work force. This is necessary to reduce pollution of any receiving water

body and also to prevent hazards due to water borne vectors.

Operation Phase

• Annual environmental audit will be carried out every year from recognized Schedule-I

environmental auditor.

• Records of analysis results of treated and untreated wastewater along with MLVSS in

aeration tanks should also be maintained.

• Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling, treatment and disposal system should

be maintained.

• Proper housekeeping should be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface

runoff going to storm water drains.

• The following measures would be taken to minimize the water usage in the operational

phase:

� Endeavor to reduce the actual process water consumption by way of improvement

in operation of processing units.



� Water saving by shower head flow controls, spray taps and faucet aerators and

photo-sensitive taps.

� Exploring other options of reusing the treated effluent besides fire water make up or

for horticulture development.

7.4.2.1 INFORMATION FOR RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Rain water harvesting refers to the collection and storage of rain water and also other

activities aimed at harvesting surface and ground water, prevention of losses through

evaporation and seepage and all other hydrological studies and engineering interventions,

aimed at conservation and efficient utilization of the limited water endowment of

physiographic unit such as a watershed. The total amount of water that is received in the

form of rainfall over an area is called the rainwater endowment of that area. Out of this, the

amount that can be effectively harvested is called the water harvesting potential.

Rain Water can be harvested for two purposes:

• Stored for ready use in containers above ground or below ground

• Charged into soil for withdrawal later i.e. ground water recharging

The main elements of rain water harvesting systems are:

• Catchments

• Conduits

• Storage facility

• Transferring facility

The proposed expansion project will have rain water harvesting system with reuse of

collected rain water by transferring rain water in to main water reservoir. Various kinds of

recharge structures are possible which can ensure that rainwater percolates in the ground

instead of draining away from the surface. All process and non process building terrace are

provided with proper drain and rain water collected in common storage tank from where

rain water is transferred to main water storage reservoir.



Maintenance of the storage and transferring system:

Periodic maintenance required for reliable and higher quality water supply. During raining

season the entire system to be checked before and after rains and cleaned after every dry

period. Before first shower storage tanks should be cleaned and flushed of all sediments and

debris. Rain Water harvesting method shall be adopted by Industry by developing various

rain water harvesting system within premises. A dedicated Storm water gutter are provided

throughout the site and divert all rain water to water harvesting ponds without any

contamination.

7.4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries proposes expansion (product change) to produce Acetic

Anhydride at Plot No. Z- 25, 26, 27, 28, SEZ Dahej, Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch

(Guj.). There shall be 4 types of source of air pollution in proposed expansion scenario at

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries i.e. stack attached to Thermic Fluid Heater (2 Nos.), Furnace

(2 Nos.), DG Set (1 No.) & Incinerator (1 No.). Air Pre Heater, Multi Cyclone, Bag Filter,

Caustic Scrubber, Ventury Scrubber, Packed Bed Scrubber and Drop back Scrubber will be



installed to prevent air pollution. The baseline ambient air quality monitoring is carried out

during study period (October’ 16 to December’ 16) around Project site (within the study

area), clearly reveals that the concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6,

Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), HC & VOCs are well within the prescribed

limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for residential & Industrial.

• The major sources of air emission from the proposed project are:

1. Non point sources emissions

2. Point source emissions

3. Fugitive emissions

7.4.3.1 ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQES STANDARDS:

Control Measures:

The design stage endeavors to mitigate the problems related to environment and health at

the process technology/ source level itself. Besides standards, emphasis would be given to

comply with all design standards/ regulatory norms as specified by CPCB/MoEF/GPCB etc.

Following measures would be taken right from the design stage to ensure compliance with

applicable regulatory standards:

• Under normal circumstances, there will be no continuous release of volatile hydrocarbon

streams. However, if during start-up/ shut down or an emergency situation any hydrocarbon

stream is released, the same will be directed to an elevated flare for complete combustion.

This will eliminate the possibility of forming an explosive mixture due to sudden release of

un-burnt hydrocarbons to the atmosphere.

Construction Phase (Non point sources emissions)

Generation of suspended particulate matter is a common phenomenon due to

transportation of constructions materials. This would be mitigated by allowing the vehicles

entering the premises under cover. Emission of fugitive dust due to movement of heavy

vehicles etc. shall be controlled by spraying water in the affected zone. Hosing down the

wheels of the vehicles with water and providing washing troughs for them would further

mitigate the amount of dust generated. In addition, emission of other pollutants from



construction machinery using diesel driven prime movers, will be controlled by proper

maintenance.

Operation Phase (Point sources emissions)

In-plant Control Measures: Some of the mitigation measures, which can reduce the impact

on air environment, are as follows:

• Ensuring the operations of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/

operating manuals.

• Strict adherence to maintenance schedule including lubrication for various machinery/

equipment.

• Emission at M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will be in the form of the gas emission from

Thermic Fluid Heater (2 Nos.), Furnace (2 Nos.), DG Set (1 No.) & Incinerator (1 No.).

Moreover, regular monitoring of stacks shall be carried out to check the emissions.

Record should be maintained for changing of scrubbing media on printed logbook In

case emissions exceed, the corrective measures should immediately be taken and

records of the same should be maintained.

• Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and should

also be carried out in the nearby area for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & VOCs.

• A greenbelt around the factory will be developed for reducing the air pollution and

attenuation of noise.

• Adoption of good house-keeping.

7.4.3.2 INFORMATION FOR CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

The emissions are normally defined as emissions to the atmosphere resulting from leaking

piping sources and equipments such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and

compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions are not visually

observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.

Fugitive emissions are expected to be generated during construction and operation stages

of the proposed project. During construction stage, main source of fugitive emission is dust

which is expected mainly due to movement of vehicles carrying construction material and



vehicles used for construction. During operation stage, leakage through valves, pumps,

emission from open drum containing chemicals, open feeding; storage tanks, etc. are the

major sources of fugitive emissions of organic chemicals and VOCs. Excess use of solvent

may also results fugitive emission from the process vessels.

The above will be controlled by having proper scrubbing system with a provision of primary

and secondary scrubbers, boiler stacks will be provided with bag filters to take care of

particulate matter, Condenser to trap VOC, solid raw material charging will be done through

closed system. Proper maintenance schedule will be adhered to avoid emissions through

flange joints, pump seals etc. Proper gland packing is always maintained for pumps and

valves and to the extent possible pumps will be with mechanical seal.

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall have fully closed system. Adequate dust collector will

be installed for control of fugitive emission during loading of raw material and product.

Condenser will be provided to trap VOC. All the Flange joints of the pipe lines which carry

solvents will be covered with flange guards. All the rotating equipments like pumps will be

installed with Mechanical Seals to arrest any sort of emissions. VOC detectors will be

installed at various places to identify any fugitive emissions. A regular preventive

maintenance schedule will be in place to replace or rectify all gaskets and joints etc as a part

of ISO systems to ensure no fugitive emissions shall take place. Following measures will be

adopted to prevent and control fugitive emissions:

1. Airborne dust at all transfers operations/ points will be controlled either by spraying

water or providing enclosures.

2. Care will be taken to store construction material properly to prevent fugitive

emissions, if any.

3. Adequate ventilation will be provided.

4. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps, flanges, joints and other equipment will be

done to prevent leakages and thus minimizing the fugitive emissions of VOCs.

5. Entire process will be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of

pressure and temperature.

6. Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the fugitive emission.



7. Breather valves will be provided on solvent tanks.

8. Solvent tank vents will be connected to vent chillers.

9. To eliminate chances of leakages from glands of pumps, mechanical seal will be

provided at all solvent pumps.

10. Stand by pumps will be provided on all scrubbers. Besides, scrubbers will be

equipped with on-line pH meter with hooter system for better operational control.

11. Close feeding system will be provided for centrifuges. Centrifuge and filtrate tank

vents will be connected to vent chillers.

12. Minimum number of flanges, joints and valves in pipelines.

13. Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper preventive maintenance of roofs

and seals for tanks

14. Fugitive emission over reactors, formulation areas, centrifuges, chemical loading,

transfer area, are collected through hoods and ducts by induced draft and

controlled by scrubber/ dust collector.

15. Dedicated scrubbers will be provided to control fugitive emissions.

16. For dust emissions, cyclones / bag filter provided.

17. Emphasis has been given to solvent management / solvent loss prevention as

shown in the solvent management plan.

18. Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emission from loading of raw

materials in particular solvents through hoods and ducts by induced draft, and

control by scrubber / dust collector to be ensured.

19. Nitrogen blanketing, provided, besides special care needs to be taken for control

in respect of odorous chemicals.

7.4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sound pressure level generated by a noise source decreases with increasing distance

from the source due to wave divergence. The propagation and attenuation of noise pressure

wave is dependent on many parameters amongst which, the medium of travel and the

ambient conditions are the most significant parameters. In order to minimize adverse

impact on the noise environment, due attention shall be given for implementing noise



control measures. Comprehensive measures shall be taken at design stage for noise from

proposed unit. The measures are as under:

• The noise level at the plant boundary shall be restricted to 75 dB(A) during day time and

70 dB(A) during night time.

• Noise level shall be specified for various rotating equipment as per Occupational Safety

and Health Association (OSHA) standards.

• Equipment lay-out shall be done considering segregation of high noise generating

sources.

• Erection of suitable enclosure, if required, to minimize the impact of high noise

generating sources.

• There may be small addition to the ambient noise level, due to the increased

transportation activities. This creates a slight adverse impact on the sound environment.

• Regular oiling, lubrication and maintenance of the equipment shall be carried out to

minimize noise generation.

During Construction Phase

Following measures shall be taken for abatement of noise during construction phase:

• Noise emissions from construction equipment will be kept to a minimum by regular

maintenance.

• Heavy and noisy construction jobs shall be avoided during night hours.

Following measures shall be adopted for abatement of noise during operation phase:

• Acoustic laggings, enclosures and silencers shall be provided wherever necessary for

high noise generating equipment.

• Sound proof glass paneling shall be provided for all operating stations / control rooms as

well as for shift rooms at critical places.

• Strict implementation/ compliance of all statutory norms w.r.t. noise generation,

occupational exposure shall be done.

• Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs and ear-plugs shall be strictly

enforced.

• Acoustic barriers / shelter shall be developed in noisy workplaces.



• Noise generating sources in the plant areas shall be monitored regularly. Monitoring of

ambient noise levels should also be carried out regularly both inside the premises as well

as outside the greenbelt.

During Operation Phase

However, due to the attenuation of noise level within the factory and due to the fact that

the project site is situated in a well developed industrial estate and not in the immediate

vicinity of human settlement, significant impact is not expected in the nearest present

human settlement. The volume of transport vehicles to be handled is very low. The

company shall develop a green belt around the periphery of the premises, which shall act as

a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. This shall further reduce the

noise levels appreciably.

• It is recommended to measure and maintain records of noise level at various places

within and outside factory premises.

• Manufacturers/ suppliers of major noise generating equipment/ machines like

compressors, turbines, generators should be asked to take required measures for

minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise absorbing material

for various enclosures or using appropriate design/ technology for fabricating/

assembling the machines.

• Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working close

to the high noise sources.

• High noise generating machines and processes required for proposed project will be

enclosed and insulated.

• Insulation of ventilation pipes and use of dampers will be made at all possible places.

• Implementation of management control on site for limiting transportation timing by

adopting mechanical and technological ideas.

• Preventive maintenance schedule will be followed for all instruments and

machineries to maintain good working condition.

• Enclosures and barriers will be provided to pumps and machineries producing high

noise levels, required for proposed project.



• There will be periodical noise level measurements for verifying compliance with

relevant laws.

• Workers exposed to high noise generating operations will be provided with suitable

ear protection devices.

• Green belt development will act as a medium for noise absorbance.

7.4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

7.4.5.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

Four categories of hazardous wastes will be generated from the Proposed Expansion

Project. Treatment, Storage & Disposal mode for the same will be followed as per Hazardous

Waste (Storage, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement) Third Amendment Rules, 2010.

Record of hazardous waste generation and disposal shall be maintained on printed logbook.

All necessary precautions shall be taken during handling, loading and unloading of

hazardous wastes.

Storage of Hazardous Waste:

• Hazardous waste shall not be stored for a period more than 90 days. And shall maintain

records and make them available for inspection.

• Store at a designated Onsite-secured area with impervious floor that affords protection

from sun & rain fall, spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc.

Transportation of Hazardous Waste:

• Properly packed & labeled waste transport through dedicated vehicle to a captive

facility/ authorized TSDF facility.

Disposal of Hazardous Waste:

Used Oil @ 25 Lit/Month or 0.3 KL/Annum, ETP Sludge @ 50 Kg/Month, Bags & Containers

@ Nil and Incineration Ash @ 1.25 MT/Month. Used Oil will be given to authorized recyclers.

ETP Sludge & Incineration Ash will be sent to TSDF facility i.e. NECL for land filling.



7.4.5.2 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION AND CO-PROCESSING

OPTION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

• It is recommended to analyze each hazardous waste periodically and maintain records.

• Check the calorific value of the ETP Sludge and then explore possibilities of Co-

Processing in Cement Industry as Primary fuel. Waste materials used for co-processing

are referred to as alternative fuels and raw materials (AFR).

1. Reduction of waste by in house solvent recovery plant from waste.

2. All the non-biodegradable effluents generated from plant will be converted into

biodegradable effluents followed by conventional treatment in wastewater

treatment plant. Treated effluent will discharge to deep sea as per GPCB norm.

3. Second wash of plant/ equipment will be re-used as first wash in the same equipment/

reactor to reduce fresh water consumption.

4. 5S implementation considered in the plant

Solid Waste Contaminated with

Hazardous Material:

Use Proper Decontamination

Process treatment separately and

recycle/reuse/sell only

Decontaminated Wastes

(Ash, 25% NH3 Solution and NH4Cl

Solution)

Hazardous Wastes (HWs) generated from the Premises

Properly Segregate, Label and store in Roofed

Designated secured storage area with impervious

Flooring & Leachate Management System as per

the Guidelines

Leachate to ETP for

further treatment

Use proper safety and

personal protective

equipment while

handling HWs

Disposable HWs of

Secured TSDF:

ETP Sludge, Chemical

containing residue, Sludge

from treatment of waste

water arising out of

cleaning/disposal of

barrels/containers

Incinerable HWs:

Process Waste, Distillation

Residues, Date expired or

discarded product, off-

specification products

Reusable,

Recyclable,

Recoverable HWs:

Used Oil, Discarded

drum/ Containers of

PP/HDPE bags/Liners

TSDF Site

Common Incinerator

Site or co-processing in Reuse/recycle within the plant premises offer necessary

treatment (if required)

OR

Sell to the authorized reprocessor/ recyclers/ end users



7.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Tree plantation is known for improving the aesthetic and climatological environment of an

area and properly designed green belt can help in ameliorating air pollution to a very

significant degree. It should be borne in mind that the green belt will be most effective as a

sink for particulate matter and gaseous emissions from ground level sources, such as,

fugitive emissions. Effectiveness of green belt for the elevated sources is rather limited but

its action as a green lung greatly helps in improving the air quality of the area. However,

considerable scope exists for strengthening the existing green belt and developing the same

in future.

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

Total Plot Area is of 74,123.01 m2 out of which 25,129.51 m

2 (approx. 33.9%) of land shall be

utilized for the green belt area.

Good greenery shall be maintained in and around the site by planting various types of tress

and maintaining lawns. 25,129.51 m2 area (approx.) shall be utilized for tree plantation /

development of lawns. A green belt with width of min. 1 meter shall be developed within

the site boundary and across the premises inside roads. Trees like Asopalav, Neem,

Gulmohar, Champa, Gauva, Babul, Palm Trees, Nariyal, Ghaneri, Shevga, Jangli badam, Sag,

Jamun, Mango, Rain tree etc. shall be planted in and around the site.

Green Belt to Trap and Absorb Pollutants

A green belt traps and absorbs pollutants without altering the biogeochemical cycle of

water and nutrients. Absorption and trapping capacity of trees depend on height of plant,

canopy structure, physiognomy and morphological character of leaf. Once fully developed,

such tree plantations can serve as buffer and shock absorber against transient and

accidental release of pollutants caused by power, equipment and human failures. Green belt

is usually designed in such a way that the first few rows in a green belt have a shorter height

and dense canopy. Plants native to an area are generally used to suit the prevailing

ecosystem and biogeochemical cycle. Native plants are more tolerant to disease, grow at a

faster rate and result in better attenuation of pollutants.



Plantation Design

In view of the different functional requirements of the plant in an industrial area, the

pattern of plantation within plant is discussed as below:

A. Curtain Plantation

To help in restrict the movement of pollutants from inside to outside and from outside to

inside, a thick green belt shall be developed at the peripheral limits of the plant along the

boundary walls whenever feasible. The curtain will be an effective buffer against gases, dust

and noise.

B. Avenue Plantation

Linear plantations along road-sides help reduce air and noise pollution from automobiles as

well as general emissions from the industrial units. To combine bio-aesthetic and pollution

abatement needs, parallel rows of trees (inner and outer rows) shall be planted on the roads

and boundary.

C. Field Plantation

Plantation on the open stretches of land helps improve the general ecological conditions of

the habitat by adding greenery to the landscape and by providing a vast canopy of foliage

for sink of pollutants generated in the area. The open land spaces, not used for industrial

purposes, shall be filled with plant species.

D. Ornamental Plantation

The immediate area of each building shall be arranged into a lawn, fringed by flower beds.

In some strategic corners flowering climbers been used to highlight the visual effect.

Plantation Details

Actual Status of Plantation/Green Belt

Trees species to be planted at plant are in line with trees species recommended in CPCB’s

guidelines for developing Greenbelts. For plantation at the plant in future, it is suggested



that these guidelines should also be followed for selecting pollutants tolerant and absorbent

species.

(a.) Species of tree planted

Green Belt Avenue Trees Shrubs

Above 3m height Below 3m height

Jamun Alstonia Bamboo Pentas var.

Gulmohar Pinkcaassia Bahunia Galphemia

Peltophorum Spethodia Large stomia Miniature bamboo

Kasid Paras, papal Cordia Jestropha

Gultora Pendula Karen Hibiscus var.

Karen Gulmohar Gulltora Braya

Kapop Jackranda Tecoma var. Palmbago capensis

Neem Bignonia Tagari Acalypha var.

Arjun Largestomia Russolia

Sisoo Cadamba Duranta var.

Australian babul Lantana var.

Babul Cassia biflora

Pangara Ixora var.

Cassia fistula Cana

(b.) Co-relation of Trees with pollution control

Trees Air pollution Dust Noise Salt

Trees Pangara Karen Pendula Neem Neem

Babool Pendulla Bahunia Peltophorum Gulmohar

Cadamba Neem Paras pipal Jamun

Tecoma var. Bogunvelia Cassia fistula Pendula

Alstonia Spethodia

Jackranda Gulmohar

Places: Green-Belt Plant Area Plant Area Plant Area

And green

belt

Plant Area

GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

YEAR NO. OF TREES/PLANTS TO BE

PLANTED IN PLANT AREA

2017-2018 400

2018-2019 300

2019-2020 300

2020-2021 200

2021-2022 200



7.6 OCCUPTIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. In chemical

industry due to handling of toxic and hazardous chemicals there are possibilities of

developing occupational diseases. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall carry out the

following checks to curb the problem:

i) Pre - employment medical check up at the time of employment.

ii) Annual medical check up shall be done for all employees.

iii) First aid training shall be given to the employees.

iv) Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure shall

be carried out at frequent intervals, the records of which shall be documented.

OHC Room will be provided at Security building. Professional doctor will be called every

week at factory. And routine checkup of all employees will be carried out annually for all

standard tests needed as per Factory Inspector Office. Employees will be trained frequently

through special master faculties on various points related to occupational health to create

more awareness on the subject. All precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable

accidents like spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to minimize the effect of any such

accident and to combat any emergency at site level. Some of the preventive safety

measures shall be taken to minimize the risk of accident with respect to Technical Safety,

Organizational Safety and Personal Safety are listed below:

• Company shall take all reasonably practicable measures to minimize the risk of such

accident in compliance with the legal obligation under the relevant safety.

• All building plans and installations shall be as per relevant acts and duly approved by

competent government authorities.

• Process and Equipment shall be designed by qualified and experienced professionals

and fabricated to applicable national / international codes with stage wise

inspection.

• Pressure Relief Valves and rupture disks shall be installed on the reactor and jackets

wherever required.

• Hazardous processes shall be operated by trained workers and shall be looked after

by qualified & experienced supervisors.



• Safety features such as fire extinguishers, fire hydrant system and suitable Personal

Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be provided. Regular operations and testing of fire

hydrant system and fire extinguishers shall be carried out.

• Suitable provisions for control of critical process / storage parameters within

specified safe limits (use of pressure relief valves, rupture discs, safety valves, trip

circuits, wherever necessary) shall be done.

• Use of flameproof electrical equipment, flame arresters and breather valves shall be

done.

• Provision of Earthing and lighting arrestor to prevent electrical fires and explosions in

flammable / explosive chemicals storage / processing areas shall be done.

• Tanks storing hazardous liquid chemicals shall be provided with dyke wall to confine

any spillage and facilitate easy collection. Necessary separation distance shall be

maintained.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like goggles, safety shoes, helmet, apron, earplugs,

facemask & clothing shall be provided to employees as per the job requirements. The

company shall prepare a comprehensive on-site emergency plan with well-defined

responsibilities to face any eventuality caused under adverse circumstances and unforeseen

reason.

Health & Safety:

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries is committed towards the Health and Safety of workers and

will provide a facility of pre medical and regular medical check-up of employees for

detecting any kind of adverse effect on the health of employee due to the chemical or work

place condition and will provide opportunity to improve the working condition.

The workers exposed to fugitive emission will be provided with some protective devices like

dust mask to prevent respiratory disorders. The workers exposed to higher noise level will

be provided with ear muffs/ ear plugs. The protective devices will be provided to the

employees who are exposed to any kind of hazard. Proper handling of the materials and the

maintenance of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be followed to ensure safety within

the plant area.



A regular monitoring of the Occupational Health and Safety will reduce the chances of

accidents hence all the records of job related accidents and illness shall be maintained as

per the requirements of factory act.

The following occupational measures will be adopted:

• The workers will be provided with personal protective equipments such as gloves,

goggles, safety shoes, helmets and masks.

• Periodic medical checkup of the workers for audiometric, blood tests, physical

examination, etc as per applicable rules.

• First aid medical facility will be made available at the site at strategic location and

plant personnel will be trained for first aid medical treatment.

• Dispensary and medical facility available in the nearby area will be utilized in the

case of emergency.

For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection,

testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and machines are

the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems like

occupational health and safety. The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and

take steps to minimize the impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate

occupational health and safety including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified

under construction and erection, and operation and maintenance.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the

above phases.

Construction and Erection

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to

constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements

to reduce it within Threshold Limit Value (TLV), necessary protective equipments shall be

supplied to workers.



• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of

accidents within a chemical manufacturing unit.

• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and will be approved

by competent authority.

• Trained workers will be employed for all the hazardous process operations within

the plant and will be supervised by experienced supervisors.

• Safety features such as fire extinguishers at strategic locations and suitable personal

protective equipments will be provided.

• Flame-proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc., will be installed.

• All the raw materials & solvents will be stored in designated storage area equipped

with necessary safety features.

• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries will

be done.

• Good house-keeping will be ensured within the factory premises.

• Training will be provided to the designated staff & workers for firefighting, work

permit system, first aid & safe handling of hazardous chemicals.

• Incident / accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees will be

made aware for the same.

• Suitable notices / boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating

appropriate hazard warnings.

• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the

factory premises

Personnel Protective Equipment:

Personnel protective equipment is devices that are fitted and issued to each worker

personally for his or her exclusive use. They are intended for temporary use and emergency

response action only. If a worker must enter a contaminated area, he must wear adequate

protective equipment. Employees should be taught when and how to use respiratory

apparatus provided, and how to recognize defects in the equipment. Full dress escape drills

should be conducted at least once a year. If such safety equipment is not available, entry

into the contaminated area should not be attempted.



• Keep personnel protective equipment where it can be accessed quickly, outside the

hazardous material storage area and away from areas of likely contamination.

• Each employee should maintain his / her personnel protective equipment in clean,

working condition at all times.

• All equipment should be used and maintained in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions.

Handling of Hazards:

• Personnel protective equipment used by the person during handling of hazardous

chemicals should be replaced after certain time.

• If any spillage of hazardous chemicals, it should be cleaned and disposed as per

standard practiced.

• Personnel engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals should be made aware of

properties of hazardous chemicals.

General Working Conditions:

(a) House Keeping:

• All the passages, floors and stairways should be maintained in good condition. The

system should be available to deal with any spillage of dry or liquid chemical at the

plant.

• Walkways should be clearly marked and free from obstructions.

• In the plant, precaution and instructions should be displayed at strategic locations.

• All pits, sumps should be properly covered or securely fenced.

• Roads/walkway within the plant should be maintained neat and clean.

(b) Ventilation:

• Adequate ventilation should be provided in the work floor environment.

• The work environment should be assessed and monitored regularly.

• Local ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous emissions

at work floor.



Safe Operating Procedures:

• Safe operating procedures should be available for mostly all operations and

equipment.

• The workers should be informed of the consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

Work Permit System:

Work permit system should be followed at the plant. Hazardous work permit should be used

for hot work, electrical works, etc.

Fire Protection:

• Adequate firefighting facilities should be available at the plant.

• The fire fighting system and equipment should be tested and maintained as per

relevant standards.

• The fire drills should be conducted once in six months.

Emergency Preparedness

On-site emergency plan should be prepared and readily available for an unlikely event of

emergency.

Emergency telephone numbers should be available and display properly strategic locations.

Communication System

• Adequate communication facilities should be available at the plant and supported

with uninterrupted power supply.

• Communication facilities should be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

Safety Inspections:

The system should be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal

audit of the plant periodically. Safety inspection team should be formed from various

disciplines.



Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis:

A system should be initiated for accident and near miss reporting, investigation and analysis.

To motivate and awareness among the personnel at the plant about safety, total accident

(lost time injury) free days can be displayed on the board prominently at strategic location.

Mock Drill Exercises:

Mock drills should be conducted once in six months. Exercises or Drills have two basic

functions, namely training and testing of systems. While exercises do provide an effective

means of training in response procedures, their primary purpose is to test the adequacy of

the emergency management system and to ensure that all response elements are fully

capable of managing an emergency situation.

Mock drills are best means of accomplishing the following goals and objectives:

1. To reveal weaknesses in the plans and procedures before emergencies occur.

2. To identify deficiencies in resources (both in manpower and equipment).

3. To improve the level of co-ordination among various response personnel, departments

and agencies.

4. To clarify each individual’s role and areas of responsibility

7.7 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall adopt various measures for energy conservation:

• Energy efficient machineries will be used during operation phase.

• Installation of economizer & high efficiency burner on steam boilers.

• Company shall try to utilize renewable sources of energy for conservation of non-

renewable sources of energy.

• Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

• Energy audit will be used as a tool for monitoring purpose.

• External lights will be controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on

timings.

• The cable size will be selected so as to minimize the power losses.

• The power factor improvement capacitors will be provided individually for AC loads.



• Using water cooled chillers, variable frequency drives for secondary pumps and

public area and building management system for HVAC equipments with non-CFC

and non-HCFC based refrigerants.

• Use of VFDs for various utilities in variable load application to optimize pump and air

handling unit performance, wherever required.

• Automated day light control.

• Efficient lamps and ballasts.

• Automated control for external lighting (Astronomical/Sensor)

• Occupancy Sensors.

• Phase-wise implementation of Advance Process Control (APC) in the process plants

• Replacement of conventional lighting fixture by more energy efficient fittings.

• Installation of improved insulation over the High Pressure (HP) steam line to reduce

the heat loss.

• Use of FRP blade on Cooling Tower

Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure

operations. Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy

Efficient Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to

Process Planning.

7.8 NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION

The substances that are found in nature and are used by the man for his welfare directly or

indirectly are called as natural resources. Sun, wind, soil, fossil fuels, wood, forest, flora and

fauna are some of the examples of natural resources. The judicious or wise use of natural

resources in such a way that the present generations make use of natural resources without

compromising the needs of the natural resources for the future generation is called

as conservation of natural resources.



Conservation of Natural Resources

As natural resources are beneficial to human beings, maintain ecological balance and at the

same time are in a threat of getting depleted due to its indiscriminate over exploitation,

there is an urgent need for conservation of natural resources. This can be accomplished by

the following ways:

• Alternative forms of energy such as solar energy etc. shall use more in comparison to

fossil fuels. Alternative forms of energy are eco-friendly, do not cause pollution and are

renewable.

• Avoid using plastics, synthetic materials etc as these materials cause damage to the soil.

• Water is precious natural resources and hence avoids wasting water. Taps shall be

closed when not in use.

• Natural gas shall be used as a source of fuel in Boiler.

• Adopt 3 R's for conservation viz, Re-use, Reduce and Re-cycle.

• Trees shall be planted along roadsides, railway tracks and waste lands and deforestation

should be avoided.

• Don't waste electricity. Fans and lights shall be switched off when not in use.

7.9 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER

Employment would be as per prevailing norms of state government for skilled and trained

people for the proposed project. The company has sufficient skilled manpower for the

existing project and our technical, administration and other staff are sufficient to take care

of the proposed plant. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will give employment to about 40

employees (Including Contract workers) (Existing – 20 + Additional – 20).



7.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Apart from business, M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries shall be devoted to social

commitments and will continue to do the same as per the needs of nearby village people.

For Corporate Social Responsibility, Various Programs/ Projects related to Social & Economic

development of surrounded area has been planned, which are as follows, Planned for

providing Water purifier for Village people, conducting medical camps for Cataract

operation, pregnant women check up & Senior Citizen Check-up, deputing teacher for

literacy development to Senior Citizens. Other such activities as stated as below:

A) Natural Resource Management – The main focus of this program will be to maximize the

yield returns of the farmers through efficient management of existing resources & extension

of new agricultural practices.

1) Integrated Agricultural Growth Project – For improvement and use of the modern

techniques and thereby would certainly contribute to prosperity in the agriculture

sector and reduce the rural poverty by programs like Farmers Training, Nursery

Growing Trainings, Modern agriculture equipment distribution programs etc.

2) Animal Husbandry Projects – Various programs like health checkups & treatment,

vaccination program, Anti sterility camps, breed improvement etc. will be carried

out.

B) Income Generation Program -

1) Establishment of Self help groups

2) Rural Entrepreneurship Development Program

3) Handcrafts Development Program

4) Vocational Training

5) Business process outsourcing

C) Health, Education & Infrastructure

1) Aids Awareness Program

2) General Health Camps

3) Innovative Teaching Methods

4) Adult Education

5) Sanitation

6) Infrastructure Development Projects



For the upcoming expansion at Dahej, SEZ, Gujarat Dyestuff Industries will work closely with

local communities for CSR initiatives–The budgetary provision is as below:

Budgetary Provisions for the next five years (Every Year)

(A part of common contribution with Association)

ACTIVITIES BUDGETARY PROVISION

(LAKH)

Drinking Water facility provide to nearby village 4.5

Educational Facility 3.25

Capacity Building Programs 6.0

Health & Medical Facility 7.75

Employment opportunity, contribution to ITI like institute 2.5

Total 24.0

In addition to above, unit will arrange separately or jointly health check up Programme in

surrounding area and medical / commercial assistant to surrounding people for further

medical treatment, if required.

7.11 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

Decontamination & Disposal of Discarded Containers: The proper disposal of empty

chemical containers is more important for hazardous chemicals as it can contain residual

amounts of chemicals. There can be no more than 1 inch of material left in the container not

more than 3% by weight of the containers capacity. In an effort to ensure that this residue is

handled properly and to be able to recycle or properly dispose of these containers, the

following procedure is to be followed. The below guidelines are useful for non hazardous

chemicals also.

Rinse Procedure: An empty chemical container that contains hazardous chemicals (liquid or

solid), must be rinsed 3 times with water (or appropriate rinsing agent) before being

discarded. The first rinse should be collected as chemical waste, it can be put into any waste

container of compatible chemicals, the second & third rinses can then go down to drain. If

the chemical is on the list of acutely hazardous waste, then all three rinses must be



collected. For solvents or other volatile liquids like benzene, toluene, xylene etc. (not in the

list of acutely hazardous waste) should not be rinsed with water. They are to be placed into

an operating fume hood overnight without the cap to allow the vapors to disperse. After the

containers are rinsed, they can be discarded appropriately as described below. All caps

should be let off of the discarded containers. Containers should be labeled with “Empty”

labels and the chemical name should be crossed or blacked out prior to being discarded.

Caps may be discarded to regular trash.

Reuse /Recycle/ Disposal of cleaned containers:

• All chemicals must follow the above rinse except the volatile Solvents & before being

discarded in any form.

• Metal containers or any plastic containers, plastic tubing or plastic beakers that do not

meet the recycling criteria can be discarded into regular trash.

• Glass containers, glass tubing that do not meet the recycling criteria should be placed into

trash can for disposal.

• Plastic & glass containers that meet the recycling criteria must be placed in appropriate

recycling containers.

• Empty compressed gas cylinders should be returned to vendor.

7.12 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS

1. Every material (FG and or Raw material) container should be with TREM CARD, Material

Safety Data Sheet.

2. Container should be marked with Emergency Information Panel (includes Correct

Technical Name, Class Label, UN NO, HAZCHEM, Emergency Dial, Specialist advice etc).

3. Container or Tank should be thoroughly hydraulically tested and test certificate should

be available with driver.

4. Only trained driver having valid driving license are allowed to carry out transportation

of material.

5. Driver should be allowed with attendant to enter inside or going outside from the

company.



6. Driver and attendant well trained on Driving rules, Chemical Properties, Emergency

Preparedness ( Communication, Leakage spillage handling, Use of PPE, First-aid, Fire

fighting measures, Toxic release measures).

7. Container should be certified for road worthiness, PUC certificate.

8. Vehicle should be equipped with fire fighting equipment, first aid box, Toolbox,

Antidotes, PPEs and Emergency Exit.

9. Conditions of Valves and fittings should be checked at security gate and proper

corrective action will be taken in case of any abnormality.

Transportation of all the raw material and products shall primarily by road only. The raw

material and products shall be received delivered in Tanks, MS/HDPE/FIBRE drums, Carboys

and cylinders as well as through tankers & containers and stores at ambient temperature.

All the storage tanks of hazardous flammable substance will be located within premises in

separate storage area i.e. solvent farm area at ambient temperature. Solvents shall be

stored in cool and dry place with all precautionary process instrumentation and safety

appliance.

Large area shall be covered by well-designed warehouse, which is containing store office,

raw material store, finished product stores etc. In case of any abnormality reported to site

regarding road accident, our emergency response team will reach at the site and take

proper corrective action and information of such incident will be provided to local police

station and other government authority as per situation.

7.13 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT

Total Project Cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 1500 Lakhs. Capital cost of air & water

pollution control system and environmental monitoring equipments will be Rs. 121 Lakhs.

Annual recurring cost towards the environmental protection measures will be Rs. 25 Lakhs.



CHAPTER - 8

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

of

PROPOSED EXPANSION (PRODUCT CHANGE) TO

MANUFACTURE ACETIC ANHYDRIDE AT DAHEJ SEZ

of


PLOT NO. Z/25-28, DAHEJ SEZ, VILL: DAHEJ,

TEHSIL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH

GUJARAT



8.1. Project Description

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries proposes expansion (product change) to produce

Acetic Anhydride at Plot No. Z- 25, 26, 27, 28, SEZ Dahej, Vill: Dahej, Tehsil: Vagra, Dist:

Bharuch (Guj.). The total area of the premises is 76,689.32 m2. Total cost of the

expansion project will be Rs. 15 Crores.

Product and Capacity

LIST OF PRODUCTS ALONG WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

QUANTITY

(MT/MONTH)

SR.

NO.

PRODUCT NAME

EXISTING ADDITIONAL

PROPOSED

TOTAL

CAS Nos. LD50

1

Vinyl Sulphone

(From Condensed VS as

Raw Material)

430 -430 0 77-77-0 32 mg/kg

2 Acetic Acid -92 % 100 -100 0 64-19-7 3310 mg/kg

3 Acetic Anhydride 0 1200 1200 108-24-7 1780 mg/kg

Total 530 1200 1200



8.2. Description of the Environment

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

AIR ENVIRONMENT

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level,

etc. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for Particulate Matter (PM10),

Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3),

Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene

(BaP), Arsenic (AS), Nickel (Ni), HCl, Cl & VOCs were monitored at site and nearby

villages for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on

ambient air environment.

The arithmetic mean and 98th

percentile values of PM10 at all the locations in

residential/rural areas ranged between 72-81 µg/m3 and 77.16-84 µg/m

3 respectively in

post-monsoon season. Similarly, the arithmetic mean and 98th

percentile values of PM2.5

varied in the range of 42-48 µg/m3 and 44-49.54 µg/m

3, respectively. The PM10 and

PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local

phenomena including vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due to

manmade activities and blowing wind.

The arithmetic mean and 98th

percentile values of NOx at all the locations in

residential/rural areas were observed to be in the range of 14-20 µg/m3 and 16-22

µg/m3 respectively. The arithmetic mean and 98

th percentile values of SO2 at all the

locations in residential/rural areas ranged between 11.5-18 µg/m3 and 15-19 µg/m

3

respectively. The arithmetic mean and 98th

percentile values of O3 at all the locations in

residential/rural areas ranged between 10-11 µg/m3 and 13.54-14.54 µg/m

3

respectively. At all the air quality monitoring locations in residential/rural areas, the 98th

percentile values of NOx, SO2 & O3 were observed to be within limits. The values of

VOCs at all the locations in residential/rural areas ranged between 0.3-0.8 ppm

respectively.

The values of Pb at all the locations in residential/rural areas were observed to be in the

range of BDL-0.92 µg/m3

. The values of NH3 at all the locations in residential/rural areas

were observed to be in the range of BDL-1.75 µg/m3

. The values of CO at all the

locations in residential/rural areas were observed to be in the range of 1.20-1.28 mg/m3

.

The values of Ni at all the locations in residential/rural areas were observed to be in the

range of 10.44-10.86 ng/m3

. At all the AAQM locations (Industrial as well as residential)

C6H6, BaP, As, HC values were below detectable limit.



WATER ENVIRONMENT

BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY

pH of ground water samples varies from 7.02 – 8.09. Turbidity, Total Dissolved Solids

and Total Suspended Solids varies in the range of 0.1 – 0.6 NTU, 206 - 3236 mg/L and 2 -

46 mg/L respectively. DO is found in range of 5.98 – 7.52 mg/L. COD, BOD are found in

the range of 9.28 – 19.52 mg/L and <0.1 mg/L respectively. Total hardness (as CaCO3)

varies from 112.9 – 1108.8 mg/L. Calcium hardness (as CaCO3) varies from 67.42 – 100.5

mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from 84.15 – 237.6 mg/L. Chloride and Sulfates are found in

the range of 62.18 – 1080.2 mg/L and 9.75 – 204.4 mg/L. Copper is not found in any

sample. Sodium, Potassium is found in the ranges 10.76 – 608.6 mg/L, 1.4 – 213.8 mg/L

respectively. Nickel is not found in any sample.

BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY

pH of surface water sample varies from 7.47 – 7.77. Turbidity, Total Dissolved Solids and

Total Suspended Solids varies in the range of 0.4 – 0.5 NTU, 480 - 1200 mg/L and 2 - 18

mg/L respectively. DO and COD are found in range of 5.64 – 6.0 mg/L and 39.04 – 48.84

mg/L respectively. BOD and Total hardness (as CaCO3) varies from 1.68 – 5.64 mg/L and

116.9 – 231.8 mg/L respectively. Calcium hardness (as CaCO3) varies from 76.62 – 195.6

mg/L. Total Alkalinity varies from 138.6 – 420.8 mg/L. Chloride and Sulfates are found in

the range of 68.43 – 340 mg/L and 15.64 – 48.39 mg/L. Copper & Nickel is not found in

the sample. Sodium, Potassium is found in the ranges 28.51 – 57.6 mg/L, 6.3 – 10.4

mg/L respectively.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify

existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The study was carried

out in the following steps:

Reconnaissance

• Identification of noise sources and measurement of noise levels

• Measurement of noise levels due to transportation

• Community noise levels

LAND ENVIRONMENT

Soil quality monitoring has been carried during post-monsoon season at nine locations.

BASELINE STATUS

pH varies from 7.02 – 7.79. Water Holding Capacity (WHC) varies from 54.7% - 96.53%.

Bulk Density varies from 1.18 – 1.37 g/cm3. Sulphate and Chloride are found in the

range 8.7 – 668.4 mg/kg and 54.20 – 3178 mg/Kg respectively. Total Hardness varies

from 78.62 – 1048.3 mg/kg. Calcium and Sodium are found in the range of 16.96 –

298.9 mg/kg and 438 - 956 mg/kg respectively. Iron varies from 8.7 – 429.5 mg/kg.

Potassium and Lead is found in the ranges 332 – 925 mg/kg, BDL – 2.24 mg/kg

respectively. Copper is not found in any sample.



8.3. Anticipated Environmental impacts and mitigation measures

Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment:

Total water requirement is 34.5 KL/day [24 Fresh + 10.5 Reuse] which is met through

GIDC water supply. The wastewater generation is 14.5 KL/day in which the industrial

10.5 KL/Day (processing 8.5 KL/Day is treated from inter reaction of RM, reused in

cooling and 2.0 KL/Day is cooling bleed off and utilized in greenbelt). So, there will be no

industrial waste water generation and Domestic Waste water generation 4 KL/Day is

disposed in septic tank/soak pit.

Air Pollution Source and Control Management:

There will be four types of flue gas which are the main emission source from the plant

under the Air Pollution Control Act, 1981. Proper Stack height will be provided in order

to achieve norms prescribed by statutory authority. The details of stacks are given

below

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Fuel

Type

Stack Height/

dia in m

APC measures Probable emission

� Existing Flue gas Stacks


(6 Lacs kcal/hr)

LDO/NG 20 -

2. D.G. Set (380 KVA) HSD 11 -

PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOX <50 ppm

Existing Flue gas stack will be replaced after proposed expansion with following new stacks


(20 Lakh kcal/hrs) –

2 Nos.

Coal 30 Air Pre heater

Multi cyclone

Bag filter

2. Furnace - 2 Nos. FO 30 Air Pre heater

Heat recovery unit

Caustic Scrubber

PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOX <50 ppm

3. DG set ( stand by) HSD 11 _

4. Incinerator FO 30 Ventury scrubber

Packed bed

scrubber

Drop back

scrubber

PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2 <100 ppm

NOX <50 ppm

HCl <50 mg/Nm3

CO <50 mg/Nm3

TOC<20 mg/Nm3

� Process Gas Stack : no Process Gas Stack



Hazardous Waste:

Four Categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes is generated from this Unit. Hazardous

waste generation after proposed expansion will be Used Oil @ 25 Lit/Month or 0.3

KL/Annum, ETP Sludge @ 50 Kg/Month, Bags & Containers @ Nil and Incineration Ash

@ 1.25 MT/Month. Used Oil will be given to authorized recyclers. ETP Sludge &

Incineration Ash will be sent to TSDF facility i.e. BEIL for land filling.

Sr.

No

Waste

details

Category Existing

Quantity

Total

Proposed

MT/Month

Mode of Disposal

1. ETP Sludge 35.3 50

Kg/Month

50 Kg/Month Collection, storage, transportation and

disposal at TSDF.

2. Incineration Ash 37.2 - 1.25

MT/Month

Collection, storage, transportation and

disposal at TSDF.

3. Used Oil 5.1 25

Lit/Month

25 Lit/Month

Or

0.3

KL/Annum

Collection, storage, transportation and

selling to authorized recyclers.

4. Bags and

Containers

33.1 100

Nos.

/Month

Nil Collection, storage, transportation and

selling to authorized recyclers.

Green Belt:

Total 74,123.01 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 25,129.51

sq. meter (approx. 33.9%) area are covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

Power Requirements:

Estimated power requirement is 1200 KW. Power will be taken from Torrent Power.

Stand by DG set, 1 No. (1200 KVA each) will be used as emergency power back up.

Fuel requirement

Sr.

No.

Fuel Requirement

1 Coal 20.16 TPD

2 FO (Furnace Oil) 4.64 KL/day

Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection measures:

Total Project Cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 15 Crores. Out of this around Rs.

121 Lakhs will be invested for pollution control measures.



CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETER

TOTAL CUMULATIVE

SCORE

Air Quality 14

Noise and Odour 11

Water Quality 7

Land Requirement 8

Infrastructure 11

Service 12

Environmental Hazards 10

Terrestrial Ecology/ Land use 2

Socio Economic Status 11

Aquatic Ecology 7



8.4. Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental

Component

Parameters Standards Frequency

Air Environment

AAQM at plant site As prescribed by GPCB

including PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOx, Cl2, HC & VOCs

Prescribed by

CPCB

Quarterly in upwind and

downwind direction

Stack emission

monitoring of

emissions sources


GPCB

In stack

Prescribed by

GPCB

Quarterly

Fugitive emissions/

work place monitoring

within the plant side

VOC Prescribed by

GPCB

Quarterly

Water Environment

Analysis of treated

effluent


GPCB

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once a day by Company,

Once in a Quarter by third

party

Ground water quality Colour, pH, TDS, TSS,

Sulphates, Chlorides, BOD3,

COD, oil and grease, etc.

Water quality

Standards

Once a Season

Noise Environment

Ambient Noise at plant

site

Noise level in dB(A) As per National

Noise Standards

Once in quarter

Soil Environment

At plant site Analysis of pH,

conductivity, Sulphates,

calcium, magnesium, Cl-

-- Pre and post monsoon

season by Company



8.5. Additional Studies

Storage details of Hazardous Chemicals

Sr.

No.

Name of the chemicals Max.

quantity

Stored in MT

No. of

Tanks/Drums

Type of

Storage

Phase

of

chemical

Storage

Condition

Hazards

Involved

1 Acetic Acid 150 2 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable

2 Tri Ethyl Phosphate 0.2 12 Drums Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Corrosive

3 Acetic Anhydride 200 2 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable

4 Dil. Acetic Acid 100 1 Tank Liquid Above ground /

NTP

Flammable

8.6. Project Benefits

It can be seen that the expansion project is beneficial in the interest of common man,

the society, the state and as the country as a whole. The benefits can be summarized as

below:

� The expansion project will provide quality product at lower cost to the users.

� There should be positive impact on the socio-economic condition of the area in

terms of direct and indirect employment due to the proposed expansion project.

� Numbers of local trained persons are likely to find jobs.

� Country will save valuable foreign exchange as import of these products will

reduce by corresponding amount.

� These products also have export potential. Hence, possibility of earning foreign

exchange.

Adequate pollution control measures will be taken to check any kind of contamination

or pollution from the company. Due to coming up of project many changes are expected

to occur in the socio – economic setup of the surrounding region. The socio- economic

changes may be beneficial or detrimental. General trend of socio – economic

environment due to the project industry is that it increases the population density

within the area and in a few of the surrounding villages. This can be attributed to more

job opportunities, direct and indirect, provided by the industry. Considering the

pollution control measures taken by the company environment management system

adopted there is no significant adverse impact on environment.



8.7. Environment Management Plan

ENVIRONMENT

ISSUE/COMPONENT

REMEDIAL MEASURES

Hazardous waste generation &

disposal

Proper collection, Safe Handling, Storage within premises and

disposal of waste at approved TSDF, incineration facility, re-cyclers,

re-processors.

Effluent generation and

treatment

New Effluent treatment plant will be provided for treatment of

wastewater generated from proposed expansion project.

Emission from stack Adequate pollution control system will be provided for control of

gaseous emission.

• Adequate stack height for better dispersion of pollutants

Noise Acoustic enclosure on DG sets, engineering control at high noise level

areas like compressors etc, wherever feasible, proper oiling,

lubrication and maintenance of equipment, development of

greenbelt around plant boundary and inside plant

Greenbelt 33.9% of the plant area will be developed as greenbelt.

Rainwater harvesting Rainwater harvesting will be provided in non-plant area.

Information and awareness about

hazardous chemicals plant

Awareness and information will be provided within 10 km of the

study area about the hazardous situations.

Preparedness to handle onsite &

offsite emergency

Onsite & Offsite Emergency Management Plan will be prepared

Monitoring of Environmental

parameters

Regular monitoring of various environmental parameters will be

carried out to check the effectiveness of the control system.



8.8 Conclusion

The EIA study of M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries has been carried out with respect to

the TORs awarded by SEAC, Gandhinagar. All the impacts likely to have an effect on the

environment have been identified and efficient/adequate mitigation measures have

been proposed for the same.

Considering the probability of likely impacts, M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries has

planned adequate mitigation measures and EMP. Further, M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff

Industries shall also undertake CSR activities which shall have beneficial impacts on the

socio-economic environment. Measures like energy conservation and greenbelt

development are also noteworthy. Looking to the overall project scenario, employment

potential and allied development plans; it has been noticed that the proposed

expansion project would significantly help in the improvement of the society and nation

at large. M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries has committed to implement all the pollution

control measures to protect surrounding environment. Also this project can definitely

improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of

socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve

the physical and social infrastructure of the area.

All the relevant safety norms with latest technology have been incorporated in the

proposed project. Hazards and associated risks, safety and security provision associated

with the project activities appear to be acceptable. Hence the project in totality may be

considered environmentally safe. In general, from all the discussion undertaken above

and the Environmental Impact Assessment study carried out in the pre-monsoon season

regarding the project, it can be concluded that there will not be any significant negative

impact on environment by M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries. However, the same will be

well within the statutory norms.

M/S. AQUA – AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.

403, CENTER POINT, NR. KADIWALA SCHOOL,

RING ROAD, SURAT – 395002 (GUJARAT)

TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273

EMAIL: [email protected]

WEBSITE: WWW.AQUA-AIR.CO.IN

1

CHAPTER - 9

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Management Consultants & Equipments Supplier





TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



2

COMPANY PROFILE

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is a Surat based company; one of the leading and

multidiscipline Environmental Management Consulting firms of the region.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was founded by Mr. Jayesh S. Patel & Mrs. Archana J. Patel

on May 7, 2008 and Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was registered under the companies

Act on May 7, 2008.

Office having 6,756 Sq. Ft. of area covering EC/EIA Department, R & D Centre (Environmental

Laboratory), Consent (NOC/CC&A) Department, ETP/Civil Department and Account Department,

Library, Conference room and Administration Department, etc. with experienced and qualified staff to

render services in the field of Environmental Management of various types of industries.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a well-established track record in monitoring legislation

and developing and implementing strategies for organizations that enable them to manage the impact

of environmental issues on their business.

The company has built a reputation for delivering innovative and practical solutions to environment

related business issues. These solutions help our clients to achieve successful business outcomes and

make sustainable environment serving improvements within their business operations.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO/IEC 17025:2005 Accrediation by

NABL, New Delhi for the Competence Testing & Calibration Laboratories on June 24, 2008 and

submitted the application (Version No. 10) to NABL, New Delhi for ISO/IEC 17025:2005 registration on

October 7, 2008. After final assessment and Non-Conformances resolved and corrective actions taken

against the Non-Conformances, Laboratory Department - Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

was accredited with the certification of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on October 19, 2010.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO 9001:2008 registration for

Quality Management System on December 1, 2009 and submitted the application for ISO 9001:2008




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



3

registration on March 4, 2010. After final assessment, Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was

certified from ANAB by M/s. Intertek System Certification on May 4, 2010.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for “EIA Consultant Organization”

accreditation under National Accreditation Board for Education And Training (NABET)/Quality Council

of India (QCI), New Delhi on January 7, 2010 and submitted the application (Rev. 06) for “EIA

Consultant Organization” accreditation under NABET, New Delhi on April 8, 2010. Office assessment

was done by external NABET/QCI auditors [Dr. L. Ramakrishnan & Mr. A. K. Gupta (B.Sc. Mechanical

Engg.)] on Feb. 3 & 4, 2011. NABET/QCI closed the application of Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers

Pvt. Ltd. on March 15, 2011. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. filed SCA in Hon’ble High Court

of Gujarat against MoEF, QCI & NABET, New Delhi on April 13, 2012. Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat

issued stay order against operation of all OMs (related to NABET/QCI Scheme) of MoEF, New Delhi for

the company on Jan. 24, 2013. MoEFCC, New Delhi published Notification regarding mandatory

implementation accreditation scheme of NABET/QCI on March 3, 2016. Aqua-Air Environmental

Engineers P. Ltd. along with 11 EIA Consultants of Gujarat filed SCA No. 5312of 2016 in Hon'ble High

Court of Gujarat. Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat gave Stay Order on Apr. 5, 2016 against

implementation of Notification dated March 3, 2016 of MoEFCC, New Delhi till further orders.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. received the Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark,

Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry, Govt. of India on January 18, 2011.

The company’s work is spread all over Gujarat in India & Oman. Company have already prepared 267

Form-1, 178 EIA & EMP reports, 160 Risk Assessment & DMP reports, conducted 80 Public Hearings

and obtained 195 Environmental Clearances so far that includes Water related Projects / Pesticide

Industry Projects / Textile Industry Projects / Sugar Industry Projects / Chemical Industries / Specialty

Chemical Industry Projects / Bulk Drug (API) Industry Projects / Chemical Fertilizer Industry Projects /

Cement Plants / Thermal Power Plants / Mining Projects / Infrastructure Projects / Construction

Projects / Distilleries / Petrochemical Industry Projects/ SEZ Projects/ CRZ Projects, etc.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



4

Company's NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory has conducted Environmental Monitoring & Analysis

with Environmental Institute and Gujarat Pollution Control Board in Industrial Estates of Ankleshwar,

Panoli & Jhagadia. Company is also doing Turnkey/Consulting Projects for M/s. BASF (Detail

Engineering for Effluent Treatment Plant) & M/s. Reva Proteins Ltd. (Design of Effluent Treatment

Plant, supply of mechanical items, Commissioning and operation of Effluent Treatment Plant).




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



5

2. ABOUT US

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has registered office in one of the top five fastest growing

cities of India – Surat. We are one of the most trusted and reliable environmental and engineering

consultancy service providers. With complete hold in the related domain and proficiency, we execute

our work all over Gujarat region.

In addition to engineering consultancy, we also execute turnkey projects for effluent treatment plants

at the client's site.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd is:

• One of the leading companies in the region providing high quality services in environmental

engineering to the best of client's satisfaction.

• Posses a well - developed design office with Computer Center and Laboratory -cum- R&D Center to

carry out designing and analysis in the field of environmental engineering.

• Recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditor under the Environment Audit Scheme proposed

by the Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat.

• Listed with Gujarat Pollution Control Board as Consultants and proposing to get enlisted with GPCB

as Pollution Control Equipment Suppliers.

• Going to become a member of Consulting Engineers Association of India.

• Having well-developed library to render services in the field of environmental auditing, consulting,

monitoring and analysis.

3. ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.

2. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on Dec. 24,

2008.

3. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on May 4, 2010.

4. Import Export Licence received from Government of India on May 31, 2010.

5. Solvency Certificate of Rs. 1,40,00,000/- received from Bank of India, Gopipura branch, Surat on

Sept. 3, 2010.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



6

6. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)

received on Oct. 15, 2010.

7. Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry,

Govt. of India on Jan. 18, 2011.

8. Certificate of Authorization as dealer in India received from Spectrum Technologies, Inc., USA

on May 1, 2011.

9. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on May 6,

2011.

4. SERVICE PROVIDE

M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. offers following specialized services in

Environmental Engineering, Water Supply Engineering and Civil Engineering.

4.1 TURN KEY/BOOT/BOO PROJECTS

4.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Detailed design Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Construction Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

Fabrication Recycling Plants (RPs)

Piping Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Electrification Incineration System Plants (ISPs)

Supply Hazardous waste Storage areas (HWSAs)

Erection Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Testing and Commissioning of Effluent

Treatment Plants (ETPs)

Bio–Medical Waste (BMW) Treatment Facilities on

a turnkey or BOOT/BOO basis.

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

4.1.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING

Construction of

Water Treatment Plan Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs)

Sewage Treatment plant Underground Reservoirs (UGRs)

Industrial Wastewater Treatment plant Sewage Pumping Stations, etc.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



7

4.2 CONSULTING


1. Complete study of the Pollution Problem in industries from wastes generation to disposal and

providing necessary technical knowledge like–

How including design Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Basic engineering, detailed engineering

Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Recycling plants (RPs) for reuse of water upto

maximum extent

Tender preparation for Effluent Treatment

Plants (ETPs) for industrial wastewater

Incineration System Plants (ISPs) for various non-

biodegradable or toxic industrial wastes on

Consulting basis

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) for residential

wastewater

Design of Hazardous waste Storage area and

Consultancy Services for Secured/ Sanitary Landfill

Facilities

Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) for

more than two industries

Design and Consultancy Services for Bio – Medical

Waste Treatment Facilities.

2. Water Supply Distribution System

Analysis Tender preparation

Design

3. Laboratory Analysis of

Air Waste Water

Water Industrial Effluent

Sewage Industrial Sludge

4. Process Study

Reduce the pollution at source Reuse / Recycle effluent

5. Pollution Control Facility

Performance study of existing Suggesting scheme for the optimization of the

facility

6. Environment Management

Environmental Clearance from Environmental Impact Assessment Studies (EIAs)

• MoEF • Short term (Rapid)

• New Delhi or DoEF • Long term (Comprehensive)

• Gandhinagar

Environmental statements Environmental Auditing

7. Statutory Requirements under Factory Act

Safety Audit

On-site / Off-site Emergency Plan

HAZOP study

8. For Various Energy Conservation Schemes

Energy Audit Design




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



8

9. Environmental Management System

Preparing Adequacy Report Preparing Efficacy Report

10. Operation and Maintenance (O & M)

Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs) Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

11. Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Stack

Vent

12. Design of Pollution Control Equipment

Cyclone Flash mixers

Scrubbers Reaction Vessels

Bag Filters, fume extraction systems Clariflocculators

Blowers Scrapper Mechanisms

Aerators Incinerators

Agitators Scrubbers, etc.

13. Pollution Control

Effluent Survey Feasibility Studies

Laboratory bench scale Treatability studies Environmental review of Pollution control

equipment and systems Pilot Plant studies etc.

14. Consulting Service

NOC Air Consent

Water Consent Hazardous Waste Authorization Application, etc.

15. As per requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules

Monitoring filling up Form-37

Analysis of Work Area Environment

16. Technical Consultation & assistance to ensure and assure compete Environ-Legal compliance

Clearance Liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the

required permits Consents

4.3 EQUIPMENT MFG. /TRADING


1. Manufacture and supply of Pollution Control Equipment such as

Incinerators With scrubbers Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) units

Autoclaves Cyclone

Hydro-claves Scrubbers

Fixed Aerators Bag Filters

Floating Aerators Oil Skimmers

Submersible Aerators (EOLO2) Deoiler Pipes

Submersible Mixers (RIO or BRIO) API separators




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9

Cascade Aerators Vacuum Drum filters

Clarifier mechanisms Solid bowl centrifuges

Agitators Filter presses

Clariflocculator Belt filters

Clariflocculator mechanism Reaction vessels

Flash mixes Reverse Osmosis, etc.

Oil skimmers

A- 1

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE

NO.

TITLE

1 National ambient air quality monitoring standards

2 Damage risk criteria for hearing loss occupational safety & health administration (OSHA)

3 CPCB recommendations for community noise exposure

4 CPCB standards classification of inland surface water

5 Indian standards specifications for drinking water

6 Indian standards for industrial and sewage effluents discharge

7 Copy of Plot Possession Certificate obtained from SEZ-Dahej

8 Permission obtained from the GIDC for supply of raw water & to take additional effluent load in

GIDC drainage

9 Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including CETP, TSDF / Common

Incineration Facility, if any

10 Copy of Existing EC & its Compliance

11 Copy of Existing CCA & its Compliance

12 Do’s & Don’ts

13 Copy of Typical Material Safety Data Sheets

14 Copy of Hon ‘able High Court’s Stay Order & Extensions

A- 2

ANNEXURE - 1

NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS) (2009)

Concentration in Ambient Air Sr.

No.

Pollutant Time

Weighted

Average

Industrial

Residential,

Rural and

Other Area

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

(notified by

Central

Government)

Methods of

Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

50

80

20

80

• Improved West and

Geake

• Ultraviolet

fluorescence

2 Nitrogen Dioxide

(NOx), µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

40

80

30

80

• Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Na-

Aresenite)

• Chemiluminescence

3 Particular Matter

(size less than 10

µm) or PM10 µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

60

100

60

100

• Gravimetric

• TOEM

• Beta attenuation

4 Particular Matter

(size less than 2.5

µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

40

60

40

60

• Gravimetric

• TOEM

• Beta attenuation

5 Ozone (O2) µg/m3 8 Hours**

1 Hour**

100

180

100

180

• UV photometric


• Chemical Method

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual*

24 Hours**

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

• AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

• ED-XRF using Teflon

filter

7 Carbon Monoxide

(CO) mg/m3

8 Hours**

1 Hour**

02

04

02

04

• Non Dispersive Infra

Red (NDIR)

Spectrology

8 Ammonia (NH3)

µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

100

400

100

400


• Indophenol blue

method

A- 3

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a

week 24 hours at uniform intervals

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98%

of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed he limits but not on two consecutive days

of monitoring.

Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the

limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to

institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.

Concentration in Ambient Air Sr.

No.

Pollutant Time

Weighted

Average

Industrial

Residential,

Rural and

Other Area

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

(notified by

Central

Government)

Methods of

Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

9 Benzene (C6H6)

µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 • Gas chromatography

based continuous

analyzer

• Absorption and

Desorption followed

by GC analysis

10 Benzo (a) Pyrene

(BaP) particulate

phase only, mg/m3

Annual* 01 01 • Solvent extraction

followed by HPCL/GC

analysis

11 Arsenic (AS),

mg/m3

Annual* 06 06 • AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

12 Nickel (Ni), mg/m3 Annual* 20 20 • AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

A- 4

ANNEXURE - 2

________________________________________________________________________

DAMAGE RISK CRITERIA FOR HEARING LOSS

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY& HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE

DURATION PER DAY

(HOURS)

NOISE LEVEL

(SLOW RESPONSE)

dB(A)

8 90

6 92

4 95

3 97

2 100

1.5 102

1 105

0.5 110

0.25 or Less 115

A- 5

ANNEXURE - 3

________________________________________________________________________

CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE (1989)

CATEGORY

OF AREA

Leq (dBA)

(DAYTIME)

(06:00 TO 21:00 HRS)

Ldn (dBA)

(NIGHT TIME)

(21:00 TO 06:00 HRS)

Industrial Area 75 70

Commercial Area 65 55

Residential Area 55 45

Silence Zone 50 40

Note:

1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.

2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.

3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational

institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by

competent authority.

4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned

categories by the competent authority.

*dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A

which is relatable to human hearing.

A "decibel" is a unit in which noise is measured.

"A", in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and

corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.

Leq: It is energy mean of the noise level, over a specified period.

A- 6

ANNEXURE - 4 __________________________________________________________________________________________

CLASSIFICATION OF INLAND SURFACE WATER (CPCB STANDARDS)

SR

NO.

CHARACTERISTICS A@ B@ C@ D@ E@

1 Dissolved Oxygen

(mg/L), Min

6 5 4 4 -

2 Biochemical Oxygen

Demand (mg/L), Min

2 3 3 - -

3 Total Coliform

Organisms,

MPN/100 ml, Max.

50 500 5000 - -

4 Total Dissolved Solids

(mg/L), Max

500 - 1500 - 2100

5 Chlorides (as Cl-), mg/L,

Max.

250 - 600 - 600

6 Colour,

Hazen units, Max

10 300 300 - -

7 Sodium absorption

ratio, Max

- - - - 26

8 Boron (as B), mg/L, Max - - - - 2

9 Sulphates (as SO4-2

),

mg/L, Max.

400 - 400 - 1000

10 Nitrates (as NO3-), mg/L,

Max

20 - 50 - -

11 Free Ammonia

(as N), mg/L, Max

- - - 1.2 -

12 Conductivity at 25°C,

micromhos/cm, Max

- - - 1.0 2.25

13 pH value

6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.0

14. Arsenic (as As), mg/L,

Max

0.05 0.2 0.2 - -

15 Iron (as Fe), mg/L, Max 0.3 - 50 - -

16 Fluorides (as F), mg/L,

Max

1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

17 Lead (as Pb), mg/L,

Max

0.1 - 0.1 - -

18 Copper (as Cu), mg/L,

Max

1.5 - 1.5 - -

19 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L,

Max

15 - 15 - -

*: If the Coliform count is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria

for coliforms shall be satisfied if not more than 20 percent of samples show more than the

tolerance limits specified, and not more than 5 percent of samples show values more than 4

times the tolerance limit. Further, the feacal coliform should not be more than 20 percent of

the coliform.

A- 7

ANNEXURE - 5

___________________________________________________________________________

INDIAN STANDARDS/SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRIINKING WATER IS: 10500-1991

SR

NO.

SUBSTANCES OR

CHARCTER-

ISTICS

MAX

REQUIREME-

NT

(DESIRABLE

LIMIT)

UNDESIRABLE

EFFECTS OUT-SIDE

THE DESIRABLE

LIMIT

PERMISSIBLE

LIMIT IN

ABSENCE OF

ALTERNATE

SOURCE

METHOD

OF TEST

CI REF OF

IS: 3025

REMARKS

ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 Colour, Hazen

unit

5 Above this,

consumer

acceptance

decreases

25 4 of 3025,

1983

Extended upto 25

only if toxic

substances are not

suspected in

absence of

alternate

Source.

2 Odour Unobjectionable - 5 of

3025,198

3

a. Test cold and

when heated

b. Test at several

dilutions

3 Taste Agreeable - - Test to be

conducted only

after safety has

been established

4 Turbidity, NTU 5 Above this,

consumer

acceptance

decreases

10 8 Test to be

conducted only

after safety has

been established

5 pH Value 6.5-8.5 Beyond this range

the water will affect

the mucous

membrane and/or

water supply

system

No relaxation 8 -

6 Total Hardness

mg/L (as CaCO3)

300 Encrustation on

water supply

structure and

adverse effects on

domestic use

600 - -

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/L 0.3 Beyond this limit,,

taste/appearance

are affected has

adverse effect on

domestic uses and

water supply

structures &

promotes iron

bacteria

1.0 32 of

3025,

1964

-

8 Chlorides

(as Cl-) mg/L

250 Beyond this limit

taste, corrosion and

palatability are

affected

1000 32 of

3025

-

9 Residual free

chlorine, mg/L

0.2 - - 26 of

3025,

1986

To be applicable

only when water is

chlorinated tested

at consumer end,

when protection

against viral

infection is required

it should be min 0.5

mg/L

A- 8

ANNEXURE – 5 (Contd.)

DESIRABLE CHARACTERISTICS

10 Dissolved Solids,

mg/L

500 Beyond this

palatability

decrease and may

cause

gastrointestinal

irritation

2000 16 of

3025

11 Calcium (as Ca)

mg/L

75 - 200 40 of

3025,

1984

12 Copper (as Cu),

mg/L

0.05 Astringent, taste

discoloration of

pipes, fittings and

utensils will be

caused beyond this

1.5 36 of

3025,

1964

13 Manganese (as

Mn), mg/L

0.1 Astringent, taste

discoloration of

pipes, fittings and

utensils will be

caused beyond this

0.3 35 of

3025,196

4

14 Sulphate (as SO4-

2), mg/L

200 Beyond this causes

gastrointestinal

irritation when

magnesium or

sodium are present

400 24 of

3025,

1986

May be

extended upto

400 provided

(as Mg) does

not exceed 30

mg/l

15 Nitrate (as NO3-),

mg/L

45 Beyond this

methaemoglo-

binemia

100 - -

16 Fluoride (as F-),

mg/L

1.0 Fluoride may be

kept as low as

possible. High

fluoride may cause

fluorosis

1. 5 23 of

3025,

1964

-

17 Phenolic

substances mg/L

(as C6H5OH)

0.001 Beyond this, it may

cause objectionable

taste and odour

0.002 54 of

3025

18 Mercury (as Hg),

mg/L

0.01 Beyond this, the

water becomes

toxic

No relaxation See note

mercury

ion

analyzer

To be tested

when pollution

is suspected

19 Cadmium (as Cd),

mg/L

0.01 Beyond this the

water becomes

toxic


mercury

ion

analyser

To be tested

when pollution

is suspected

20 Selenium (as Se)

mg/L


water becomes

toxic

No relaxation 28 of

3025,

1964

To be tested

when pollution

is suspected

21 Arsenic (As),

mg/L


water becomes

toxic

No relaxation 37 of

3025,

1988

To be tested

when pollution

is suspected

22 Cyanide (CN-),

mg/L


water becomes

toxic

No relaxation 27 of

3025,

1986

To be tested

when pollution

is suspected

23 Lead (Pb), mg/L 0.05 Beyond this the

water becomes

toxic


86

To be tested

when pollution

plumb

solvency is

suspected

A- 9


24 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L 5 Beyond this limit it

can cause

astringent taste and

an opalescence in

water

15 39 of

3025,196

4

To be

tested

when

pollution

is

suspected

25 Anionic

detergents mg/L

(as MBAS)

0.2 Beyond this limit

undesirable taste

and odour after

Chlorination takes

place

1.0 Methylen

e blue

extraction

method

To be

tested

when

pollution

is

suspected

26 Chromium (as

Cr+6

), mg/L

0.01 May be

carcinogenic above

this limit

0.05 28 0f

3025

To be

tested

when

pollution

is

suspected

27 Polynuclear

aromatic

hydrocarbons,

mg/L

- May be

carcinogenic

- 28 of

3025,196

4

To be

tested

when

pollution

is

suspected

28 Mineral Oil, mg/L 0.01 Beyond this limit

undesirable taste

and odour after

Chlorination takes

place

0.03 Gas

chromato

graphic

method

To be

tested

when

pollution

is

suspected

29 Pesticides

mg/L

Absent Toxic 0.001 58 of

3025,

1964

-

30 Radioactive

materials

a. Alpha emitters

Bq/L

b. Beta emitters

pci/L

-

-

-

-

0.1

1.0

-

-

-

-

31 Alkalinity (as

CaCO3), mg/L

200 Beyond this limit

taste becomes

unpleasant

600 13 of

3025,196

4

-

32 Aluminum (as Al),

mg/L

0.03 Cumulative effect is

reported to cause

dementia

0.2 31 0f

3025,196

4

-

33 Boron (as B),

mg/L

1 - 5 29 of

3025,196

4

-

Note: Atomic absorption spectrophotometric method may be used.

A- 10

ANNEXURE - 6

________________________________________________________________________

INDIAN STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND SEWAGE EFFLUENTS DISCHARGE IS: 2490-1982

INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT SR

NO.

PARAMETERS

INTO INLAND

SURFACE

WATER

ON LAND FOR

IRRIGATION

INTO

MARINE

COASTAL

AREA

INTO PUBLIC

SEWERS

1 Colour / odour - - - -

2 Suspended Solids

(mg/L)

100 200 100(for

Process

Waste)

600

3 Particle Size

Suspended Solids

Shall pass

850 micron IS

sieve

- Floatable

Solids Max 3

mm

Settable

Solids

Max 850

micron

-

4 Dissolved Solids

(Inorganic),

mg/L

2100 2100 - 2100

5 pH Value 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0

6 Temperature °C Shall not

exceed 40 in

any section

of the stream

within 15

mts. down

stream from

the effluent

outlet

- 45 at the

point of

discharge

-

7 Oil & Grease, mg/L,

Max.

10 10 20 20

8 Total Residual

Chlorine, mg/L, Max

1 - 1 -

9 Ammonical

Nitrogen (as N) mg/L

max

50 - 50 50

10 Total Kjeldahl

Nitrogen (as N), mg/L,

Max

100 - 100 -

11 Free Ammonia (as

NH3) mg/L, Max.

5 - 5 -

12 Biochemical Oxygen

Demand,

5 Days at 20 ° C

30 100 100 350

13 Chemical Oxygen

Demand, mg/L, Max.

250 - 250 -

14 Arsenic (as As), mg/L,

Max.

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

A- 11


15 Mercury (as Hg)

mg/L

0.01 - 0.01 0.01

16 Lead (as Pb), mg/L,

Max

0.1 - 1.0 1.0

17 Cadmium (as Cd),

mg/L, Max

2 - 2 1

18 Hexavalent Chromium

(As Cr+6

), mg/L, Max.

0.1 - 1 2

19 Total Chromium (as

Cr) mg/L, Max

2 - 2 2

20 Copper (as Cu), mg/L,

Max

3 - 3 3

21 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L,

Max.

5 - 15 15

22 Selenium (as Se),

mg/L, Max

0.05 - 0.05 0.05

23 Nickel (as Ni), mg/L,

Max

3 - 5 3

24 Boron (as B), mg/L,

Max

2 2 - 2

25 Percent Sodium, Max - 60 60 -

26 Residual Sodium

Carbonate, mg/L,

Max

- 50 - -

27 Cyanide (as CN-),

mg/L, Max

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

28 Chloride (as Cl-), mg/L,

Max

1000 600 - 1000

29 Fluoride (as F-) mg/L,

Max

2 - 15 15

30 Dissolved Phosphate

(as P), mg/L, Max

5 - - -

31 Sulphate (as SO4-2

)

mg/L, Max

1000 1000 - 1000

32 Sulphide (as S-2

) mg/l,

Max

2 - 5 -

33 Phenolic Compounds

(as C6H5OH) Max

1 - 5 6

34 Radioactive materials

a.) Alpha emitters

µc/mL, Max

b.) Beta emitters

µc/mL, Max

10-7

10-6

10-8

10-7

10-7

10-6

10-7

10-6

35 Manganese (as Mn),

mg/L

2 2 - 2

36 Iron (as Fe), mg/L 3 3 - 3

37 Vanadium (as V), mg/L 0.2 - 0.2 0.2

38 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/L 18 20 - 0.2

A- 12

ANNEXURE – 7

COPY OF PLOT POSSESSION CERTIFICATE OBTAINED FROM SEZ-DAHEJ

A- 23

ANNEXURE – 8

PERMISSION OBTAINED FROM THE GIDC FOR SUPPLY OF RAW WATER & TO TAKE

ADDITIONAL EFFLUENT LOAD IN GIDC DRAINAGE

A- 26

ANNEXURE – 9

MEMBERSHIP OF COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDING CETP, TSDF /

COMMON INCINERATION FACILITY, IF ANY

A- 27

ANNEXURE – 10

COPY OF EXISTING EC AND ITS COMPLIANCE

A- 31

GUJARAT DYESTUFF INDUSTRIES

PLOT NO.: Z/25-28, DAHEJ SEZ, VILL: DAHEJ

TEHSIL: VAGRA, DIST.: BHARUCH (GUJ)

EC COMPLIANCE REPORT

Sr.

No. Compliance Condition

Status of

Compliance

A. 1 CONDITIONS:

A.1.1 SPECIFIC CONDITIONS:

1. Vinyl Sulphone shall be manufactured from the condensed Vinyl Sulphone as raw

material. In other words, the unit shall carry out only last step of Vinyl Sulphone

manufacturing (i.e. esterification of condensed Vinyl Sulphone).

Complied.

2. Condensed Vinyl Sulphone shall be purchased only from the unit having valid

consent and authorization of the Gujarat Pollution Control Board. Records shall be

maintained and submitted to the GPCB at regular intervals.

Complied.

A.1.2 WATER

3. Fresh water requirement for proposed project shall not exceed 21 kl/day and it

shall be met only with water supply system managed by Dahej SEZ Authority. The

water meter shall be installed and records of daily and monthly water

consumption shall be maintained. No ground water shall be tapped for the project

requirements in any case.

Complied.

4. Industrial effluent generation from cooling bleed off and washing activity shall not

exceed 1.60 Kl/day. There shall be no waste water generation from manufacturing

process.

Complied.

5. Industrial waste water shall be treated in the proposed ETP and treated effluent

conforming to the GPCB norms shall be utilizing in gardening and plantation within

the premises.

Complied.

6. You shall have to install treated water sump having capacity of 10 Kl for interim

storage (@6 days) of wastewater during high rainy days.

Complied.

7. Domestic wastewater generation shall not exceed 4Kl/day and it shall be disposed

off through septic tank – soak pit.

Complied.

8. The unit shall provide metering facility at the inlet and outlet of the ETP and

maintain the record of the same.

Agreed to the

condition.

9. A proper log book of the ETP operation, effluent discharge quality and quantity,

power consumption, chemical consumption etc. shall be maintained and shall be

furnished to the GPCB from time to time.

Agreed to the

condition.

10. The unit shall join and participate finically and technically for any common

environmental facility/ infrastructure as and when the same is taken up either by

the SEZ Authority/ GIDC/ GPCB or any such authority created for this purpose by

the Government/ SEZ Authority/ GIDC.

Complied.

A.1.3 AIR:

11. LDO (70 Litre / Hour) or Natural Gas (50 m3/Hour) shall be used as fuel in

proposed Thermic Fluid Heater having capacity of 6 Lacs Kcal/ Hour with 20 meter

stack height and high speed diesel shall be used in D.G. Set having capacity of 380

KVA with 11 meter stack height.

Complied.

12. There will be no process gas emission from manufacturing activity and other

ancillary operation.

Complied.

13. Flue gas emission shall conform to the standards prescribed by the GPCB. At no

time, the emission levels shall go beyond the stipulated standards.

Complied.

14. All the vessels used in the manufacturing process shall be close to reduce the Complied.

A- 32

fugitive emission.

15. The fugitive emission in the work zone environment shall be monitored. The

emission shall strictly conform to the standards prescribed by the concerned

authorities from time to time (e.g. Directors of Industrial Safety & Health).

Complied.

16. Regular monitoring of ground level concentration of SO2, NOx, PM10 and PM 2.5

shall be carried out in the impact zone and its records shall be maintained.

Ambient air quality levels shall not exceed the standards stipulated by the GPCB. If

at any stage these levels are found to exceed the prescribed limits, necessary

additional control measures shall be taken immediately. The location of the

stations and frequency of monitoring shall be decided in consultation with the

GPCB.

Agreed to the

condition.

A.1.4 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE:

17. The company must strictly comply with the rules and regulations with regards to

handling and disposal of Hazardous waste in accordance with the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 as

may be amended from time to time. Authorization from the GPCB must be

obtained for collection / treatment/ storage/ disposal of hazardous wastes.

Complied.

18. The hazardous wastes shall be dried, packed and stored in separate designated

hazardous waste storage facility with impervious bottom and leachate collection

facility before its disposal.

Complied.

19. ETP sludge shall be disposed at the nearest common TSDF Site. Complied.

20. Used Oil shall be sold to the approved registered recyclers. Complied.

21. Discarded containers and plastic liners shall be sold to the authorized vendors

after its decontamination.

Complied.

A1.5 SAFETY:

22. Necessary permission from various statutory authorities like Factory Inspectorate

and other shall be obtained prior to commissioning of the project.

Complied.

23. All necessary precautionary measures shall be taken to avoid any kind of accident

during storage and handling of hazardous chemicals.

Complied.

24. Storage and use of hazardous chemicals shall be minimized to the extent possible

and all necessary precautions shall be taken to mitigate the risk generated out of

it.

Complied.

25. During material transfer, spillages shall be avoided and garland drain be

constructed to avoid mixing of accidental spillages with domestic waste water or

storm water.

Complied.

26. Storage of hazardous chemical shall be in multiple small capacity tanks/ containers

instead of one single large capacity tanks for safety purpose.

Complied.

27. All the storage tanks shall be fitted with appropriate controls to avoid any

leakages,. Bund/ dyke walls shall be provided for storage tanks for hazardous

chemicals. Close handling system for chemicals shall be provided.

Complied.

28. Tie up shall be done with nearby health care unit/ doctor for seeking immediate

medical attention in the case of emergency, regular medical check up of the

workers and keeping its record etc.

Agreed to the

condition.

29. Personal Protective Equipments shall be provided to workers and its usage shall be

ensured and supervised.

Complied.

30. First Aid Box and required Antidotes for the chemicals used in the unit shall be

made readily available in adequate quantity.

Complied.

31. Training shall be imported to all the workers on safety and health aspects of

chemicals handling.

Agreed to the

condition.

32. Occupational health surveillance of the workers shall be done and its records shall

be maintained. Pre-employment and periodical medical examination for all the

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 33

workers shall be undertaken as per the Factories Act and Rules.

33. Handling and charging of the chemicals shall be done in such manner that minimal

human exposure occurs.

Agreed to the

condition.

34. Transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be done as per the provisions of the

Motor Vehicle Act & Rules.

Agreed to the

condition.

A1.6 NOISE:

35. The overall noise level in and around the plant area shall be kept well within the

standards by providing noise control measures including engineering controls like

acoustic insulation hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise

generation. The ambient noise shall level shall confirm to the standards prescribed

under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 & Rules.

Agreed to the

condition.

A1.7 CLEANER PRODUCTION AND WASTE MINIMSATION:

36. The unit shall also undertake following waste minimization measures:

a). Metering and control of quantities of active ingredient to minimize waste.

b). Use of automated and enclosed filling to minimize spillage.

c). Reuse of by-products from process as raw materials or raw materials

substitutes in other process.

d). Venting equipment through vapour recovery system.

e). Use of high pressure hoses for equipment cleaning to reduce wastewater

generation.

f). Use of close feed system into batch reactors.

Agreed to the

condition.

A.1.8 GREEN BELT AND OTHER PLANTATION:

37. The unit shall develop and maintain green belt within premises as per the CPCB

guidelines. In addition to this, the unit shall also take up adequate plantation at

the suitable open land on road sides and other open areas within the Industrial

Area or in nearby locality or schools in consultation with the GIDC/ Gram

Panchayat/ GPCB and submit an action plan of plantation for next three years to

the GPCB.

Complied.

B. OTHER CONDITIONS:

38. In the event of failure of any pollution control system adopted by the unit, the unit

shall be safely closed down and shall not be restarted unit the desired efficiency of

the control equipment has been achieved.

Complied.

39. Pucca flooring/ impervious layer shall be provided in the work areas, chemical

storage areas and chemical handling areas to minimize soil contamination.

Complied.

40. Leakages from the pipes, pumps shall be minimal and if occurs, shall be arrested

promptly.

Complied.

41. During material transfer, spillages shall be avoided and garland drain be

constructed to avoid mixing of accidental spillages with domestic wastewater or

storm water.

Agreed to the

condition.

42. The company shall undertake socio-economic developmental / community

welfare activities in consultation with the District Development Officer/ District

Collector.

Agreed to the

condition.

43. Concealing factual data or submission of false/fabricated data and failure to

comply with any of the conditions mentioned above may result in withdrawal of

this clearance and attract action under the provisions Environment (Protection)

Act,1986.

Agreed to the

condition.

44. The project authorities shall also adhere to the stipulations made by the Gujarat

Pollution Control Board.

Agreed to the

condition.

45. It shall be mandatory for the project management to submit half-yearly

compliance report in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance

terms and conditions in hard and soft copies to the regulatory authority

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 34

concerned on 1st

June and 1st December of each calendar year.

46. The SEIAA may revoke or suspend the clearance, if implementation of any of the

above conditions is not found satisfactory.

Agreed to the

condition.

47. The company in a time bound banner shall implement these conditions. The SEIAA

reserves the right to stipulate additional conditions, if the same is found

necessary.

Agreed to the

condition.

48. No further expansion or modifications in the plant likely to cause environmental

impacts shall be carried out without obtaining prior Environmental Clearance from

the concerned authority.

Agreed to the

condition.

49. The project authorities shall earmark adequate funds to implement the conditions

stipulated by SEIAA as well as GPCB along with the implementation schedule for

all the conditions stipulated herein. The funds so provided shall not be diverted for

any other purpose.

Agreed to the

condition.

50. The applicant shall inform the public that the project has been accorded

environmental clearance by the SEIAA and that the copies of the clearance letter

are available with the GPCB and may also be seen at the Website of

SEIAA/SEAC/GPCB. This shall be advertised within seven days from the date of the

clearance letter in at least two local newspapers that are widely circulated in the

region, one of which shall be in the Gujarati language and the other in English. A

copy each of the same shall be forwarded to the concerned Regional Office of the

ministry.

Agreed to the

condition.

51. It shall be mandatory for the project management to submit half yearly

compliance report in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance

terms and conditions in hard and soft copies to the regulatory authority

concerned, on 1st June and 1

st December of each calendar year.

Agreed to the

condition.

52. The project authorities shall also adhere to the stipulation made by the Gujarat


Agreed to the

condition.

53. The project authorities shall inform the GPCB, Regional Office of MoEF and SEIAA

about the date of financial closure and final approvals of the project by the

concerned authorities and the date of start of the project.

Agreed to the

condition.

54. The SEIAA may revoke or suspend the clearance, if implementation of any of the

above conditions is not found satisfactory.

Agreed to the

condition.

55. The company in a time bound manner shall implement these conditions. The

SEIAA reserves the right to stipulate additional conditions, if the same is found

necessary. The above conditions will be enforced, inter-alia under the provision of

the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control

of Pollution) Act, 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,2008 and the

Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 along with their amendments and rules.

Agreed to the

condition.

56. This environmental clearance is valid for five years from the date of issue. Agreed to the

condition.

57. Any appeal against this environmental clearance shall lie with the National Green

Tribunal, if preferred, within a period of 30 days as prescribed under Section 16 of

the National Green Tribunal Act, 2010.

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 35

ANNEXURE – 11

COPY OF EXISTING CCA & ITS COMPLIANCE

A- 42

GUJARAT DYESTUFF INDUSTRIES

PLOT NO.: Z/25-28, DAHEJ SEZ, VILL: DAHEJ

TEHSIL: VAGRA, DIST.: BHARUCH (GUJ)

CCA COMPLIANCE REPORT

Sr.

No. Compliance Condition

Status of

Compliance

1. Consent Order No.: AWH – 68556. Complied.

2. The consent under Water Act – 1974 shall be valid upto 15/10/2019. The consent

under Air Act -1981 and authorization under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

shall be valid up to 15/10/2019 to operate industrial plant for manufacture of the

following products;

SR. NO. NAME OF THE PRODUCT QTY. (MT/MONTH)

1. Vinyl Sulphone

(From Condensed VS as raw

Material)

430

2. Acetic Acid – 92% 100

Complied.

3. SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFIC CONDITIONS:

3.1 Applicant shall strictly comply/fulfil the given conditions of EC of Dahej Sez, issued

vide no.- 21-1084/2007-1A, III dated17/03/2010.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.2 The applicant shall not produce any product as well as not carry out any activities

for products/ process listed in the EIA Notification dated 14/09/2006 as amended

from time to time, requiring prior Environmental Clearance from competent

authority.

Complied.

3.3 Applicant shall strictly comply/fulfil with all the conditions stipulated by

competent authority in the order of Environmental Clearance issued vide letter

no: SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f)/147/2014/dated 08/09/2014.

Complied.

3.4 The concentrated/ high TDS waste water stream from manufacturing process if

any shall be segregated & treated in evaporation system. Condensate water shall

be reused to process/ scrubber. The generating solids after settlers, nutches filters

and centrifuges shall be disposed at nearest TSDF site.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.5 The effluent shall be stripped off, of VOC’s in a closed system before further

treatment into ETP.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.6 Unit shall provide treated effluent holding facility for at least 48 hrs. Having

vertical tank design.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.7 Applicant shall carry out Bio assay and toxicity test for the treated waste water

and same shall be submitted to the GPCB.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.8 Applicant shall have to comply with provision of Hazardous Waste (Management,

Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rule -2008, for all the types /categories of

the generating hazardous waste, including by products/ additional wastes.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.9 Unit shall install continuous monitoring as well as alarm system for parameters of

treated effluent, such as pH meter, TOC analyzer, magnetic flow meter along with

totalizer and recorder at the final outlet/pipe of ETP. Records of the same shall be

maintained invariably by the unit and shall be submitted to GPCB every month.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.10 Total control of odour nuisance from the plant premises shall be achieved &

maintained by the applicant continuously, if it is not achieved then the company

has to stop the use of such chemicals.

Complied.

3.11 The unit shall affix of water meters as per Section 4 (I) of the water ( prevention

and control of pollution) Cess Act – 1977 for the purpose of measuring and

recording the quantity of water consumed at such places as may be required,

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 43

within 15 days and it shall be presumed that the quantity indicated by the meter

has been consumed by the industry until the contrary is proved.

3.12 Applicant shall have to use only pure (fresh) raw materials in their production &

shall not use any type of hazardous waste, as a raw material in the products.

Complied.

3.13 Applicant shall ensured & undertake on Rs. 100 stamp paper that it has no outlet

in GIDC U/G drain.

Agreed to the

condition.

3.14 Process waste water & process gas shall not generate / emit from the

manufacturing process of the products.

Complied.

3.15 In any case, unit shall not carry out backward integration of the product (i.e. Vinyl

Sulphone). Only manufacturing process mentioned in the application shall be

carried out.

Complied.

3.16 You shall follow all conditions mentioned in the CTE no: 58651 dated 06/11/2014

issued to you.

Agreed to the

condition.

4. CONDITIONS UNDER WATER ACT:

4.1 The quantity of total water consumption shall not exceed 21 Kl/day. (Break up as

below)

a) Domestic – 5 Kl/day

b) Industrial – 11 Kl/day

c) Gardening – 5 Kl/day

Complied.

4.2 The quantity of total waste water generation shall not exceed 5.6 Kl/day. (break

up as below)

a) Domestic – 4 Kl/day

b) Industrial – 1.6 Kl/day

Complied.

4.3 The quantity of the industrial effluent from the manufacturing process and other

ancillary industrial operations shall not exceed 1.6 Kl/day and the quantity of

domestic waste water (sewage) shall not exceed 4.0 Kl/day.

Complied.

4.4 The quantity of treated effluent shall conform to the following standards prior to

utilized on land for gardening purpose within premises

PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

pH 6.5 to 8.5

Temperature 400 C

Colour 100 units

Total suspended Solids 100 mg/l

Total Dissolved Solids 2100 mg/l

BOD (3 days at 270 C) 30 mg/l

COD 100 mg/l

Oil & Grease 10 mg/l

Phenolic Compounds 1 mg/l

Sulphides 0.5 mg/l

Ammonical Nitrogen 50 mg/l

Chlorides 600 mg/l

Sulphates 1000 mg/l

Percent Sodium 60%

SAR 26

Complied.

4.5 Sewage shall be treated separately to conform to the following standards, shall be

disposed into septic tank/soak pit system exclusively within the premises.

BOD Less than 20 mg/l

Suspended Solids Less than 30 mg/l

Residual Chlorine Minimum 0.5 ppm

Complied.

A- 44

4.6 The unit shall affix of water meters as per section 4 (1) of the water (protection

and control of pollution) Cess Act – 1977 for the purpose of measuring and

recording the quantity of water consumed at such places as may be required,

within 15 days and it shall be permitted that the quantity indicated by the meters

has been consumed by the industry unit the contrary is proved.

Complied.

5. CONDITIONS UNDER AIR ACT:

5.1 Electricity shall be used as fuel. Complied.

5.2 There shall be no flue gas emission from the manufacturing process as well as any

other ancillary operation.

Complied.

5.3 The applicant shall install and operate a comprehensive adequate air pollution

control measures in order to achieve prescribed standards.

Complied.

5.4 There shall be no process emission from the manufacturing process as well as any

other ancillary operation.

Complied.

5.5 Ambient air quality within the premises of the industry shall conform to the

following standards:

PARAMETER PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

Suspended Particulate Matter ( size

less than 10 um) or PM 10 ug/m3**

100 microgram per cubic meter

Suspended Particulate Matter ( size

less than 2.5um) or PM 2.5 ug/m3**

60 microgram per cubic meter

Oxides of Sulphur** 80 microgram per cubic meter

Oxides of Nitrogen** 80 microgram per cubic meter

Complied.

5.6 The applicant shall operate industrial plant/ air pollution control equipments very

efficiently and continuously so that the gaseous emission always conforms to the

standards specified in condition no. 5.2,5.4 & 5.5 above.

Complied.

5.7 The consent to operate the industrial plant shall lapse if at any time the

parameters of the gaseous emission are not within the tolerance limits specified in

the condition no 5.2,5.4 & 5.5 above.

Complied.

5.8 The applicant shall provide portholes, ladder, platform etc at chimney(s) for

monitoring the air emissions and the same shall be open for inspection to/ and for

use of Board’s staff. the chimney(s) vents attached to various sources of emission

shall be designed by numbers such as S-1, S-2 etc. and these shall be painted

/displayed to facilitate identification.

Complied.

5.9 The industry shall take adequate measures for control of noise levels from its own

sources within the premises so as to maintain ambient air quality standards in

respect of noise to less than 75 dB 9(a) during day time and 10 p.m. and night time

is reckoned between 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.

Complied.

5.10 The applicant shall install continuous / online monitoring system on the stacks for

the parameters such as PM10, SO2, NOx and PM 2.5.

Complied.

6 GENERAL CONDITIONS:

6.1 Any changes in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in the

consents form/order should immediately bye intimated to this board.

Complied.

6.2 Applicant shall also comply with the general conditions given in Annexure I. Agreed to the

condition.

6.3 Industry shall have to display the relevant information with regard to hazardous

wastes as indicated in the Court’s order in W.P. No. 657 of 1995 dated 14th

October 2003.

Agreed to the

condition.

6.4 Industry shall have to display on –line data outside the main factory gate ith

regard to quantity and nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in the plant,

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 45

including waste water and air emissions and solid hazardous waste generated

within the factory premises.

7. AUTHORIZATION FOR THE MANAGEMENT & HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

Form-2 ( See rule 3 (c) & 5 (5))

7.1 Number of authorization: AWH – 68556. Complied.

7.2 M/S. GUJARAT DYESTUFF INDUSTRIES is herby granted an authorization to operate

facility for following hazardous wastes on the premises situated at PLOT NO: Z –

25,26,27, 28, SEZ DAHEJ-, DAHEJ – 392130, TAL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH.

Sr.

No.

Type of Waste Quantity Category Disposal

1. ETP Sludge 0.05 MT/

Month

34.3 Collection, Storage,

Transportation and disposal at

TSDF, NECL, Nandesari.

2. Used Oil 0.025

MT/

Month


Transportation, selling to

Register Re- Processors.

3. Bag and

Containers

100

Nos./

month


Transportation, selling to

Authorized Recyclers.

Complied.

7.3 The authorization is granted to operate a facility for collection, storage,

incineration of Hazardous wastes at factory premises transportation and disposal

to TSDF by M/s. NECL, Nandesari.

Complied.

7.4 The authorization shall be force for a period up to 15/10/2019. Complied.

7.5 The authorization is subject to the conditions stated below and such other

conditions as may be specified in the rules from time to time under the

Environment (Protection) Act – 1986.

Agreed to the

condition.

7.6 The industry shall have to comply with the specific condition of the terms and

condition of Hazardous waste (M.H. & TM ) Rules, 2008 given in Annexure- A

attached herewith (No- 1to 9).

Agreed to the

condition.

7.7 The authorization shall be produced for inspection at the request of an officer

Authorized by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

Complied.

7.8 The persons authorized shall not rent, lend, sell and transfer of otherwise

transport the Hazardous waste without obtaining prior permission of the Gujarat


Agreed to the

condition.

7.9 Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as

mentioned in the authorization order by the persons authorized shall constitute a

breach of this Authorization.

Agreed to the

condition.

7.10 It is the duty of the authorized person to take prior permission of the Gujarat

Pollution Control Board to close down the facility.

Agreed to the

condition.

7.11 An application for the renewal of an authorization shall be made as laid down in

rule 5 (6) (ii).

Agreed to the

condition.

7.12 Industry shall submit annual report within 15 days and sub squinty by 31st January

every year.

Agreed to the

condition.

7.13 Industry shall have to display the relevant information with regard to hazardous

waste as indicated in the Court’s order in W.P. No. 657 of 1995 dated 14th

October

2003.

Agreed to the

condition.

7.14 Industry shall have to display on-line data outside the main factory gate with

regard to and nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in the plant, including

waste water and air emission and hazardous waste generated within the factory

premises.

Agreed to the

condition.

8. GENERAL CONDITION:

A- 46

8.1 Any changes in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in the

consents Form/order should immediately be intimated to this board.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.2 Applicant shall also comply with the general conditions given in annexure I

attached herewith (NO: 1 to 38).

Agreed to the

condition.

8.3 The applicant shall not carry out any activities for which required clearances are

not obtained.

Complied.

8.4 If it is established by any competent authority that the damages caused due to

their industrial activities to any person or his property, in that case they are

obliged to pay the compensation as Determined by competent authority.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.5 Regular maintenance of the pipeline shall be carried out to avoid any spillage or

leakage during conveyance of the effluent.

Complied.

8.6 In case of power failure, separate stand by D.G. Set having power generation

capacity equivalent to the requirement of power to run the APCM system shall be

installed, so that it shall always be operated round the clock even in case of power

failure also. The unit shall not keep any bypass line or system for stack emission.

Complied.

8.7 The company shall make the arrangement for protection of possible fire hazard

during manufacturing process in material handling. Required fire fighting system

shall be provided.

Complied.

8.8 Training shall be imparted to all employees on safety and health aspect of

chemical handling. Pre-employment and routine periodical medical examinations

for all employees shall be undertaken on regular basis. Training to all employees

on handling of chemicals shall be imparted.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.9 Usage of Personnel Protection equipments (PPEs) by all employees/workers shall

be ensured.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.10 The applicant shall have to submit the returns in prescribed form regarding water

consumption and shall have to make payment for water cess to the board under

the water Cess Act- 1977

Agreed to the

condition.

8.11 The industry shall strictly comply with the rules and guideline under Manufacture,

Storage and Import of Hazardous chemicals shall be as per the Motor Vehicle Act

(MCA), 1989

Agreed to the

condition.

8.12 The company shall have to undertake and implement following measures:-

• Water conservation measures to minimize the fresh water consumption.

Metering system for water consumption.

• Cleaner production options.

• Reuse/ recycle of trade waste, ground (rain) water recharging, electricity

conservation.

• Use of solar or wind energy for lighting / heating purpose.

• Control of odour nuisance from the plant premises.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.13 The company shall have to keep baseline quality data of land, water and air shall

be required to submit GPCB with CTE/ CCA application.

Complied.

8.14 The company shall carry out regular monitoring of ground water quality within the

premises as well as around the impervious guard ponds. Separate logbook shall be

maintained. The data shall be submitted for each month to GPCB on or before 7th

day of succeeding month, and shall also comply with the instruction of GPCB in

case of deterioration if applicable.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.15 Handling, manufactured, storage and transport of hazardous chemicals shall be in

accordance with the Manufactured, storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals

Rules, 1989.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.16 Transportation of effluent, solid waste or any other goods pertaining to treatment

activities, shall be carried out as per Central Motor Vehicle Rule – 1989 &

Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling & Trans Boundary Movement) –

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 47

Rule 2008.

8.17 The hazardous waste shall be handled as per the Hazardous Waste (Management

& Handling) Rules of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.18 On site and off site emergency plan as required under the Rules 13 & 14 of

Handling, manufacturing, storage and import of Hazardous chemical rules, 1989

shall be prepared and approval from Board shall be obtained.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.19 Periodic medical check-up of the workers shall be done and records maintained as

a measure to provide occupational health protection of the workers.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.20 Unit shall provide state of the art composite sampler and set up testing laboratory

facilities for collection, analysis of samples under the supervision of competent

technical personnel.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.21 The Environmental Unit/Cell shall be setup to ensure implementation and

monitoring of environment safe guards and other conditions stipulated by

statutory authorities. The Environmental Management Unit/Cell shall directly

report to the chief executive of the organization and shall works as a focal point

for internalizing environmental issues. These Cells/Units shall also coordinate the

exercise of the environmental audit and preparation of the environmental

statements.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.22 The environmental audit shall be carried out yearly and the environmental

statements pertaining to the previous year shall be submitted GPCB latest by 30th

September every year.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.23 Storm water shall not be mixed with the industrial effluent. Disposal system for

storm water shall provide separately.

Complied.

8.24 Good housekeeping shall be maintained within the premises. All pipes, valves and

drains shall be leak proof.

Complied.

8.25 The entire pipeline shall be protected from external corrosion/ damage. Complied.

8.26 Necessary clearance for the adequacy & safety measures shall be obtained from

the concerned authority.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.27 Unit shall comply with the provision of all the laws of land including safety,

disaster management prevention of contamination.

Complied.

8.28 The applicant shall have to submit the returns in prescribed form regarding water

consumption and shall have to make payment of water cess to the board under

the Water Cess Act -1977.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.29 In case of change of ownership/ management the name and address of the new

owners/ partners/ directors/ proprietor shall immediately be intimated to the

board.

Agreed to the

condition.

8.30 Adequate plantation shall be carried out all along the periphery of the industrial

premises in such a way that the density of plantation is at least 1000 tress per

acres and a green belt of 10 meters width is developed.

Complied.

8.31 The applicant shall however, not without the prior consent of the board bring into

use any new or altered outlet for the discharge of effluent or gaseous emission or

sewage waste from the proposed industrial plant. The applicant is required to

make applications to this board for this purpose in the prescribed forms under the

provisions of the Water Act – 1974, the Air Act – 1981 and the Environment

(Protection) Act – 1986.

Agreed to the

condition.

A- 48

ANNEXURE – 12

DO's & DON’Ts

DO’s and DON’Ts for Safer Operation

Do’s:

• Store used oil at proper place as per plant guidelines.

• Use lubricating oil carefully to avoid spillage on ground.

• Use lubricating oil as per requirement.

• Use minimum amount of water wherever it is required as per plant guidelines.

• Waste disposal system for all plants should be separate.

• Avoid spillage of liquid, hand gloves, cotton waste on road, which will cause

pollution. Recycle or dispose that material.

• Use cleaning equipment carefully. (i.e. cotton waste, oil & chemicals)

• Place all the equipments (i.e. Fire Hose, Rubber Pipe and Chisel) at proper place.

• Handling of chemicals should be as per plant guidelines to avoid undesired chemical

reaction.

• Safety training and correct use of PPE’s must for all the employees.

• Environment guidelines should follow during cleaning of vessels, Tank, channels etc.

• Follow shift in charge’s instructions during loading or unloading of chemicals.

• In case of fire or any accident, immediately inform responsible person,

• In case of emergency, inform operator as well as control room.

• Area of work during excavation, radiography, sand blasting shall be cordoned with

warning tags of "work in progress”, “no entry”, “radiography” in progress' etc.

• Switch off lights and computers when not in use.

• Shut the water cock properly when not in use.

• Always follow safety rule during the plant operation.

Do’s during shut down:

• All equipment, vessels, lines where hot work is envisaged shall be purged, flushed

thoroughly and positively isolated. Similar precautions should be taken for vessel

entry also.

• Back flow of materials from sewers, drains should be avoided by proper isolations.

• In case of confined space entry and other cleaning jobs etc. which are to be carried

out by the process department, vessel entry permit should be issued to immediate

supervising officer/operator by shift in charge. This permit should be renewed by

incoming shift in charge during every shift.

• Hoist, Platform, cages used for lifting persons or to send persons inside vessels by

such means must be of sound construction with wire ropes slings, etc. to avoid

failure.

• All steam, condensate, hot water connections should be made tight with clamps.

• Nitrogen hazard should be kept in mind. All nitrogen sources should be positively

isolated from vessels/confined spaces to avoid oxygen deficiency where vessel entry

is required.

A- 49

• All nitrogen hoses used for purging before vessel entry should be removed from

source/utility point.

• All underground sewers shall be flushed, protected from sparks.

• Full PPEs like PVC suits, gum boots, face shield & other required shall be used while

draining, flushing and other reclaiming activities to avoid burn, poisoning etc.

• Wet asbestos cloth/metallic plate should be used to collect flying sparks.

• Water, steam flushing, nitrogen blanketing shall be continued where spontaneous

combustion takes place. Precautions should be taken for pyrophoric nature of

material.

• Temporary electrical connections, cords, boards and other electrical fixtures should

be of sound material to prevent electrical shock.

• Oil spillage in the pit of oil slope tank should be cleaned with water/sand.

• Proper approach like aluminum ladder should be provided to reach to the platforms

of scaffolding and ladder must be tied.

• All clumps of scaffolding should be tightened properly and planks should be tied at

both ends and supported at proper distances along span to avoid sagging and failure.

• Always use safety belt while working at height of more than 2 meters and ensure

tieing the life line of safety belt with firm support.

• Ensure area cordoning for hot work, X-ray, excavation, hazard material temporary

storage.

• Ensure proper tagging of valves, switches etc to prevent its use.

• Ensure proper guidance to workman and make him aware about local area hazards

before start of the job.

• All welding machines should be provided with power isolation switch of suitable

rating.

• Portable electrical appliances/tools earthing should be in good working condition.

Insulation portion should be free from damages.

• All electrical cables should be joints free and connection taken by using three pin

plugs.

• While inserting fuse all care should be taken so that no one touches conductor to

avoid the shock to the persons.

• During hydro jetting work workers should wear hand gloves, safety helmet goggles

and PVC suit.

Don’ts:

• Do not use fire hydrant water for washing/bath purpose.

• Do not use water for cleaning purpose, use broomstick if possible.

• Do not wash or clean trolley, tractor or trucks which are used for chemical/fertilizer’s

transportation. Wash them at proper place.

• Smoking & carrying matchbox, cigarettes, lighter, bidis etc. are prohibited.

• Photography & carrying cameras/Mobile phones are strictly prohibited in all areas.

• Do not spill liquid or chemicals in open atmosphere.

• The use of Radio Active Source within the plant shall not be allowed without obtaining valid

permission/work permit and intimation in the form of a circular to all plant persons shall be

given in advance.

A- 50

• Unauthorized entry into any battery limit of plant is strictly prohibited.

• Sitting or walking on rail tracks, crossing between wagons, taking rest under stabled

wagons, crossing the rail through the openings underneath the stationary wagons

are strictly prohibited.

Don’ts during shut down:

• Do not use gasket or other blinds as it can fail during job. All blinds should be

metallic.

• No toxic/corrosive/irritating materials should remain plants or sections where hot

work is to be carried out.

• No hot work should be permitted in battery limits near sewers till areas have been

cleaned flushed properly.

• No hot work irrespective of place of area shall be done without valid permit.

• No combustible material shall be there in flare line for taking up of flare line job. Isolations

shall be ensured.

A- 51

ANNEXURE – 13

COPY OF TYPICAL MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

Material Safety Data Sheet Acetic acid MSDS Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification Product Name: Acetic acid Catalog Codes: SLA3784, SLA1438, SLA2101, SLA3604,

SLA1258 CAS#: 64-19-7 RTECS: AF1225000 TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic acid CI#: Not applicable. Synonym: Acetic acid; glacial acetic acid Chemical Name: Acetic Acid, Glacial Chemical Formula: C2-H4-O2 Contact Information: Sciencelab.com, Inc. 14025 Smith Rd. Houston, Texas 77396 US Sales: 1-800-901-7247 International Sales: 1-281-441-4400 Order Online: ScienceLab.com CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call: 1-800-424-9300 International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887 For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients Composition: Name CAS # % by Weight Acetic acid 64-19-7 100 Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Acetic acid: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 3310 mg/kg [Rat]. 4960 mg/kg [Mouse]. 3530 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 1060 mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 5620 ppm 1 hours [Mouse].

Section 3: Hazards Identification Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, mucous membranes, skin, teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated

A- 52

or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection.

Section 4: First Aid Measures Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately. Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately. Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention. Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately. Serious Inhalation: Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It may be hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious or corrosive. Seek immediate medical attention. Ingestion:

Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear. Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 463°C (865.4°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 39°C (102.2°F). OPEN CUP: 43°C (109.4°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 4% UPPER: 19.9% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Slightly flammable to flammable in presence of oxidizing materials, of metals. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of oxidizing materials. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:

Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion. Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Reacts with metals to produces flammable hydrogen gas. It will ignite on contact with potassium-tert-butoxide. A mixture of ammonium nitrate and acetic acid ignites when warmed, especially if warmed.

A- 53

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Acetic acid vapors may form explosive mixtures with air. Reactions between acetic acid and the following materials are potentially explosive: 5-azidotetrazole, bromine pentafluoride, chromium trioxide, hydrogen peroxide, potassium permanganate, sodium peroxide, and phorphorus trichloride. Dilute acetic acid and dilute hydrogen can undergo an exothermic reaction if heated, forming peracetic acid which is explosive at 110 degrees C. Reaction between chlorine trifluoride and acetic acid is very violent, sometimes explosive.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures Small Spill: Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. If necessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Large Spill: Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. If the product is in its solid form: Use a shovel to put the material into a convenient waste disposal container. If the product is in its liquid form: Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage Precautions: \Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis. Storage: Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection Engineering Controls: Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location. Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves (impervious). Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product. Exposure Limits:

A- 54

TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) [Australia] TWA: 25 STEL: 27 (mg/m3) [Australia] TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) from NIOSH TWA: 25 STEL: 37 (mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) [Canada] TWA: 26 STEL: 39 (mg/m3) [Canada] TWA: 25 STEL: 37 (mg/m3) TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] TWA: 10 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 25 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties Physical state and appearance: Liquid. Odor: Pungent, vinegar-like, sour (Strong.) Taste: Vinegar, sour (Strong.) Molecular Weight: 60.05 g/mole Color: Colorless. Clear (Light.) pH (1% soln/water): 2 [Acidic.] Boiling Point: 118.1°C (244.6°F) Melting Point: 16.6°C (61.9°F) Critical Temperature: 321.67°C (611°F) Specific Gravity: 1.049 (Water = 1) Vapor Pressure: 1.5 kPa (@ 20°C) Vapor Density: 2.07 (Air = 1) Volatility: Not available. Odor Threshold: 0.48 ppm Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -0.2 Ionicity (in Water): Not available. Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether, acetone. Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water, hot water. Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Miscible with Glycerol, alcohol, Benzene, Carbon Tetrachloride. Practically insoluble in Carbon Disulfide.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data Stability: The product is stable. Instability Temperature: Not available. Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources, incompatible materials Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals,

acids, alkalis. Corrosivity: Highly corrosive in presence of stainless steel(304). Slightly corrosive in presence of aluminum, of copper. Non-corrosive in presence of stainless steel(316). Special Remarks on Reactivity: Reacts violently with strong oxidizing agents, acetaldehyde, and acetic anhydride. Material can react with metals, strong bases, amines, carbonates, hydroxides, phosphates, many oxides,cyanides, sulfides, chromic acid, nitric acid, hydrogen peroxide, carbonates. ammonium nitrate, ammonium thiosulfate, chlorine trifluoride, chlorosulfonic acid, perchloric acid, permanganates, xylene, oleum, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, phosphorus isocyanate, ethylenediamine, ethylene imine. Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Moderate corrosive effect on bronze. No corrosion data on brass Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11: Toxicological Information Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion. Toxicity to Animals:

WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 3310 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 1060 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 5620 1 hours [Mouse].

A- 55

Chronic Effects on Humans: MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, mucous membranes, skin, teeth. Other Toxic Effects on Humans:

Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, . Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive). Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available. Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: May affect genetic material and may cause

reproductive effects based on animal data. No human data found. Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Extremely irritating and corrosive. Causes skin irritation (reddening and itching, inflammation). May cause blistering , tissue damage and burns. Eyes: Extremely irritating and corrosive. Causes eye irritation, lacrimation, redness, and pain. May cause burns, blurred vision, conjunctivitis, conjunctival and corneal destruction and permanent injury. Inhalation: Causes severe respiratory tract irritation. Affects the sense organs (nose, ear, eye, taste), and blood. May cause chemical pneumonitis, bronchitis, and pulmonary edema. Severe exposure may result in lung tissue damage and corrosion (ulceration) of the mucous membranes. Inhalation may also cause rhinitis, sneezing, coughing, oppressive feeling in the chest or chest pain, dyspnea, wheezing, tachypnea, cyanosis, salivation, nausea, giddiness, muscular weakness. Ingestion: Moderately toxic. Corrosive. Causes gastrointestinal tract irritation (burning and pain of the mouth, throat, and abdomen, coughing, ulceration, bleeding, nausea, abdomial spasms, vomiting, hematemesis, diarrhea. May Also affect the liver (impaired liver function), behavior (convulsions, giddines, muscular weakness), and the urinary system - kidneys (Hematuria, Albuminuria, Nephrosis, acute renal failure, acute tubular necrosis). May also cause dyspnea or asphyxia. May also lead to shock, coma and death. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Chronic exposure via ingestion may cause blackening or erosion of the teeth and jaw necrosis, pharyngitis, and gastritis. It may also behavior (similar to acute ingestion), and metabolism (weight loss). Chronic exposure via inhalation may cause asthma and/or bronchitis with cough, phlegm, and/or shortness of breath . It may also affect the blood (decreased leukocyte count), and urinary system (kidneys). Repeated or prolonged skin contact may cause thickening, blackening, and cracking of the skin.

Section 12: Ecological Information Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 423 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Goldfish)]. 88 ppm 96 hours [Fish (fathead minnow)]. 75 ppm 96 hours [Fish (bluegill sunfish)]. >100 ppm 96 hours [Daphnia]. BOD5 and COD: BOD-5: 0.34-0.88 g oxygen/g Products of Biodegradation: Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise. Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the

product itself. Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations Waste Disposal: Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.

A- 56

Section 14: Transport Information DOT Classification: CLASS 3: Flammable liquid. Class 8: Corrosive material Identification: : Acetic Acid, Glacial UNNA: 2789 PG: II Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information Federal and State Regulations: New York release reporting list: Acetic acid Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Acetic acid Pennsylvania RTK: Acetic acid Florida: Acetic acid Minnesota: Acetic acid Massachusetts RTK: Acetic acid New Jersey: Acetic acid California Director's List of Hazardous Subtances (8 CCR 339): Acetic acid TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic acid CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Acetic acid: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg) Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). EINECS: This product is on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances. Other Classifications: WHMIS (Canada): CLASS B-3: Combustible liquid with a flash point between 37.8°C (100°F) and 93.3°C (200°F). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid. DSCL (EEC):

R10- Flammable. R35- Causes severe burns. S23- Do not breathe gas/fumes/vapour/spray [***] S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the label where possible). HMIS (U.S.A.): Health Hazard: 3 Fire Hazard: 2 Reactivity: 0 Personal Protection: H National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.): Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0 Specific hazard: Protective Equipment: Gloves (impervious). Synthetic apron. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information References: Not available. Other Special Considerations: Not available. Created: 10/09/2005 03:35 PM Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, we make no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.com has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

A- 57

Material Safety Data Sheet Acetic anhydride MSDS Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification Product Name: Acetic anhydride Catalog Codes: SLA1693 CAS#: 108-24-7 RTECS: AK1925000 TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic anhydride CI#: Not available. Synonym: Chemical Formula: (CH3CO)2) Contact Information: Sciencelab.com, Inc. 14025 Smith Rd. Houston, Texas 77396 US Sales: 1-800-901-7247 International Sales: 1-281-441-4400 Order Online: ScienceLab.com CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call: 1-800-424-9300 International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887 For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients Composition: Name CAS # % by Weight

Acetic anhydride 108-24-7 100 Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Acetic anhydride: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 1780 mg/kg [Rat].

DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 4000 mg/kg [Rabbit].

Section 3: Hazards Identification Potential Acute Health Effects: Extremely hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive). Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection.

Section 4: First Aid Measures Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. Skin Contact:

A- 58

In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately. Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention. Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention immediately. Serious Inhalation: Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It may be hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious or corrosive. Seek immediate medical attention. Ingestion:

Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 316°C (600.8°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 49°C (120.2°F). OPEN CUP: 51°C (123.8°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 2.7% UPPER: 10.3% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of heat. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:

Flammable liquid. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion. Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available. Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste

disposal. Large Spill: Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage Precautions:

A- 59

Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Storage:

Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection Engineering Controls:

Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location. Personal Protection:

Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product. Exposure Limits: TWA: 5 TWA: 20 Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties Physical state and appearance: Liquid. Odor: Strong. Taste: Strong. Molecular Weight: 102.09 g/mole Color: Light. pH (1% soln/water): Not available. Boiling Point: 139.9°C (283.8°F) Melting Point: -73.1 (-99.6°F) Critical Temperature: Not available. Specific Gravity: 1.08 (Water = 1) Vapor Pressure: 0.5 kPa (@ 20°C) Vapor Density: 3.52 (Air = 1) Volatility: Not available. Odor Threshold: 0.1 ppm Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available. Ionicity (in Water): Not available. Dispersion Properties: Not available. Solubility: Not available.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data Stability: The product is stable. Instability Temperature: Not available. Conditions of Instability: Not available. Incompatibility with various substances: Not available. Corrosivity: Not available. Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available. Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available. Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11: Toxicological Information Routes of Entry: Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion. Toxicity to Animals:

A- 60

WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 1780 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 4000 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 1000 4 hours [Rat]. Chronic Effects on Humans: Causes damage to the following organs: lungs, mucous membranes. Other Toxic Effects on Humans: Extremely hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, . Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive). Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), of eye contact (corrosive), of inhalation (lung corrosive). Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available. Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available. Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Section 12: Ecological Information Ecotoxicity: Not available. BOD5 and COD: Not available. Products of Biodegradation:

Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise. Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the product itself. Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations Waste Disposal:

Section 14: Transport Information DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material Identification: : Acetic Anhydride UNNA: UN1715 PG: II Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information Federal and State Regulations:

Pennsylvania RTK: Acetic anhydride Massachusetts RTK: Acetic anhydride TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic anhydride CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Acetic anhydride Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). Other Classifications: WHMIS (Canada):

CLASS B-3: Combustible liquid with a flash point between 37.8°C (100°F) and 93.3°C (200°F). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid. DSCL (EEC): R10- Flammable. R20/22- Harmful by inhalation and if swallowed. R34- Causes burns. HMIS (U.S.A.): Health Hazard: 3 Fire Hazard: 2 Reactivity: 0 Personal Protection: National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.): Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 1 Specific hazard: Protective Equipment: Gloves. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Face shield.

Section 16: Other Information References: Not available. Other Special Considerations: Not available.

A- 61

Created: 10/10/2005 08:13 PM Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, we make no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.com has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

A- 62

Material Safety Data Sheet Triethyl phosphate MSDS Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification Product Name: Triethyl phosphate Catalog Codes: SLT1570 CAS#: 78-40-0 RTECS: TC7900000 TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: No products were found. CI#: Not available. Synonym: Chemical Name: Not available. Chemical Formula: C6H15O4P Contact Information: Sciencelab.com, Inc. 14025 Smith Rd. Houston, Texas 77396 US Sales: 1-800-901-7247 International Sales: 1-281-441-4400 Order Online: ScienceLab.com CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:

1-800-424-9300 International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887 For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients Composition: Name CAS # % by Weight Triethyl phosphate 78-40-0 100 Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Triethyl phosphate: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 1500 mg/kg [Mouse]. 1600 mg/kg [Rat].

Section 3: Hazards Identification Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation (lung irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), . Potential Chronic Health Effects:

CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. Repeated or prolonged exposure is not known to aggravate medical condition.

Section 4: First Aid Measures Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. Do not use an eye ointment. Seek medical attention. Skin Contact: After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water. Gently and thoroughly wash the contaminated skin with running water and non-abrasive soap. Be particularly careful to clean folds, crevices, creases and groin. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medical attention. Inhalation: Allow the victim to rest in a well ventilated area. Seek immediate medical attention. Serious Inhalation: Not available. Ingestion:

Do not induce vomiting. Examine the lips and mouth to ascertain whether the tissues are damaged, a possible indication that

A- 63

the toxic material was ingested; the absence of such signs, however, is not conclusive. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek immediate medical attention. Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data Flammability of the Product: May be combustible at high temperature. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 480°C (896°F) Flash Points: OPEN CUP: 130°C (266°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1.2% UPPER: 10% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not available. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:

Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet. Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available. Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste

disposal. Large Spill:

Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Finish cleaning by spreading water on the contaminated surface and allow to evacuate through the sanitary system.

Section 7: Handling and Storage Precautions:

Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose a fire risk, evaporate the residue under a fume hood. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes Storage:

Keep container dry. Keep in a cool place. Ground all equipment containing material. Keep container tightly closed. Keep in a cool, well-ventilated place. Combustible materials should be stored away from extreme heat and away from strong oxidizing agents.

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection Engineering Controls:

Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location. Personal Protection:

Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product. Exposure Limits: Not available.

A- 64

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties Physical state and appearance: Liquid. Odor: Pleasant ester-like. Taste: Not available. Molecular Weight: 182.16 g/mole Color: Not available. pH (1% soln/water): Not available. Boiling Point: 215°C (419°F) Melting Point: -56°C (-68.8°F) Critical Temperature: Not available. Specific Gravity: 1.072 (Water = 1) Vapor Pressure: Not available. Vapor Density: 6.28 (Air = 1) Volatility: Not available. Odor Threshold: Not available. Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available. Ionicity (in Water): Not available. Dispersion Properties: Not available. Solubility: Not available.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data Stability: The product is stable. Instability Temperature: Not available. Conditions of Instability: Not available. Incompatibility with various substances: Not available. Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in presence of glass. Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available. Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available. Polymerization: No.

Section 11: Toxicological Information Routes of Entry: Eye contact. Ingestion. Toxicity to Animals: Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 1500 mg/kg [Mouse]. Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available. Other Toxic Effects on Humans:

Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation (lung irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), . Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available. Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available. Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Section 12: Ecological Information Ecotoxicity: Not available. BOD5 and COD: Not available. Products of Biodegradation:

Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise. Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are more toxic. Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations Waste Disposal:

Section 14: Transport Information DOT Classification: Not a DOT controlled material (United States). Identification: Not applicable. Special Provisions for Transport: Not applicable.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information Federal and State Regulations: Connecticut carcinogen reporting list.: Triethyl phosphate TSCA 8(b) inventory: No products were found. Other Regulations: EINECS: This product is on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial

Chemical Substances.

A- 65

Other Classifications: WHMIS (Canada): Not controlled under WHMIS (Canada). DSCL (EEC): R22- Harmful if swallowed. R36/37/38- Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin. HMIS (U.S.A.): Health Hazard: 2 Fire Hazard: 1 Reactivity: 0 Personal Protection: h National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.): Health: 2 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0 Specific hazard: Protective Equipment: Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information References: Not available. Other Special Considerations: Not available. Created: 10/10/2005 12:08 AM Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, we make no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or for lost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.com has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

A- 66

ANNEXURE – 14

COPY OF HON ‘ABLE HIGH COURT STAY ORDER & EXTENSIONS

M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries Plot No. Z/25-28, Dahej...

Documents

Transcript of M/s. Gujarat Dyestuff Industries Plot No. Z/25-28, Dahej...